Oxazolidinone compounds useful as antimicrobial agents and combinatorial libraries

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention is directed to oxazolidinones; oxazolidinone compositions; oxazolidinone combinational libraries; and methods for their preparation and use.

BACKGROUND ART

Oxazolidinones are compounds where an amine group and a hydroxyl group on adjacent carbon atoms have been cyclized to form a 5-membered ring containing a carbonyl group. Certain oxazolidinones have been shown to exhibit a variety of biological activities. For example, some oxazolidinones are inhibitors of monoamine oxidase-B, an enzyme implicated in Parkinson’s disease. See, for example, Ding et al., J. Med. Chem. 36:3606-3610(1993).

A a ten step synthesis of oxazolidinone antibioties has been described. U.S. Patent No. 5,547,950. A four step synthesis of the antibacterial compound U-100592 also has been reported. Schauss et al., Tetrahedron Letters, 37:7937-7940 (1996). A five step preparation of enantiomerically pure cis- and frans-N(propionyl)hexahydrobenzoxazolidin-2-ones further was reported. De Parrodi et al.. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 8:1075-1082 (1997).

Scientists have reported that certain oxazolidinone derivatives exhibit beneficial antibacterial effects. For instance, N-(3-[3-fluoro-4-(morpholin-4-yl)phenyl]2oxooxazolidin-5(s)-ylmethyl] acetamide (below) has been reported to be useful for the

<img file="NZ505902A_D0001.tif" />

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 treatment of bacterial infections. Lizondo et al., Drugs of the Future, 21_: 1116-1123 (1996).

ft ⁰ ο^ν-ΛΛ-ν\° H \=/

The synthesis of the oxazolidinone antibacterial agent shown below has been reported. Wang et al., Tetrahedron, 45:1323-1326 (1989). This oxazolidinone was made using a process that included the reaction of an aniline with glycidol to provide an amino alcohol, and the diethylcarbonate mediated cyclization of the amino alcohol to afford an oxazolidinone.

_H h₃c \=/

The synthesis of oxazolidinone antibacterial agents, including the compound shown below has been reported. U.S. Pat. No. 4,705,799. The process used to make the compound shown below included a metal mediated reduction of a sulfonyl chloride to provide a sulfide.

CH₃S

Ao

H

NyCH₃

O

The synthesis of oxazolidinone antibacterial agents, including the pyridyl compound shown below has been reported. U.S. Patent No. 4,948,801. The process used included an organometallic mediated coupling of an organotin compound and an aryl iodide.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0002.tif" />

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0003.tif" />

Synthetic routes to oxazolidinones often allow a chemist to produce only one compound at a time. These laborious methods can provide a limited number of compounds for evaluation in a biological screen. These methods cannot, however, provide the number of compounds required to supply a high-throughput biological screen, an assay technique whereby the activity of thousands of drug candidates, for example, per week, may be analyzed. This limitation on compound production is of practical importance since high-throughput screens are desirable and efficient for the discovery of new drugs.

SUMMARY OF INVENTION

Provided are oxazolidinones and combinatorial libraries, compositions comprising oxazolidinones, as well as methods of their synthesis and use. Using the methods provided herein, one of skill in the art can rapidly produce the large number of compounds required for high-throughput screening.

The invention provides a method for the solid phase synthesis of oxazolidinones, comprising the steps of: attaching an olefin to a solid support; oxidizing the olefin to provide an epoxide functionality; opening the epoxide with an amine to form an amino alcohol; and cyclizing the amino alcohol using a phosgene equivalent.

In another embodiment, the method comprises attaching an allylic amine to a solid support, oxidizing the olefin of the allylic amine to provide an epoxide, opening the epoxide with an amine, and cyclizing the resulting amino alcohol using a phosgene equivalent

In another embodiment the method comprises attaching allylamine to a solid support, oxidizing the olefin of allylamine to provide an epoxide, opening the epoxide with an amine and cyclizing the resulting amino alcohol using a phosgene equivalent

In another embodiment, the method comprises attaching an olefin to a solid support, oxidizing the olefin to provide an epoxide, opening the epoxide with an amino acid and cyclizing the resulting amino alcohol using a phosgene equivalent

<img file="NZ505902A_D0004.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0005.tif" />

In another embodiment, the method comprises attaching an olefin to a solid support, oxidizing the olefin to provide an epoxide, opening the epoxide with an aromatic amine and cyclizing the resulting amino alcohol using a phosgene equivalent.

The invention also provides oxazolidinones produced by the methods of the invention.

Further provided is a method for the synthesis of oxazolidinone combinatorial libraries, comprising the steps of: attaching an olefin group to an array of solid supports; oxidizing the individual olefin groups to provide an array of solid support bound epoxides; and opening the epoxide with an amine to form an amino alcohol; and cyclizing the amino alcohol using a phosgene equivalent.

In another embodiment, the method comprises attaching an allylic amine to an array of solid supports, oxidizing the individual olefin groups to provide an array of solid support bound epoxides, opening the epoxides with amine units and cyclizing the resulting array of amino alcohols using a phosgene equivalent

In another embodiment, the method comprises attaching allyl amine to an array of solid supports, oxidizing the individual olefin groups to provide an array of solid support bound epoxides, opening the epoxides with amine units and cyclizing the resulting array of amino alcohols using a phosgene equivalent.

In another embodiment the method comprises attaching an olefin to an array of solid supports, oxidizing the individual olefin groups to provide an array of solid support bound epoxides, opening the epoxides with amino acid units and cyclizing the resulting array of amino alcohols using a phosgene equivalent

In another embodiment the method comprises attaching an olefin to an array of solid supports, oxidizing the individual olefin groups to provide an array of solid support bound epoxides, opening the epoxides with aromatic amine units and cyclizing the resulting array of amino alcohols using a phosgene equivalent.

Yet further provided are oxazolidinone combinatorial libraries produced by the methods of the invention.

Also described are oxazolidinones with the structure:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0006.tif" />

ο

<img file="NZ505902A_D0007.tif" />

Rj R,

5 la where R, is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl aryl and heteroaryl; R₂is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl; aryl and heteroaryl; R₃ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R„ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and R,₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

The invention provides methods of preparing oxazolidinones and combinatorial libraries wherein the oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R₂, R3, R4 and R5 are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl,

R2 R3 O

<img file="NZ505902A_D0008.tif" />

lb heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an election withdrawing group; R« is acyl or sulfonyl; and, R, is one of the following functional groups: C(O)NR₇R_t, wherein R, and R&lt; arc, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; C(O)OR* wherein R, is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; C(O)R_10&gt; wherein R_w is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; SR,„ wherein R„ is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; S(O)₂R_H, wherein R„ is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; S(O)R,„ wherein R„ is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; NR^R^, wherein R,₂ and R,j are, independently, hydrogen, acyl, sulfonyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; 2-oxazolyl, wherein R„ is at the 4-position and R,_s is at the 5-position of the oxazolyl, and wherein R₁₄ and R„ arc, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl,

<img file="NZ505902A_D0009.tif" />

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein R₁₆ is at the 4position and R„ is at the 5-position of the thiazole, and wherein R,₆ and R₎₇, are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; and, CH₂NR_I8R₁₉, wherein R,₈ and R₁₉ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl or sulfonyl.

All compounds disclosed herein can exist as different isomer forms including stereoisomers and enantiomerically pure forms, and all such isomers and forms are within the scope of the invention. For example, while structure lb is shown with the preferred embodiment of a S isomer at the 5 position of the oxazolidinone, the R isomer is within the scope of the invention. Similarly, in all of the other oxazolidinone compounds, in the case where a preferred stereoisomer is shown at the 5 position of the oxazolidinone. both stereoisomers are within the scope of the invention.

In one embodiment of structure lb, R, is C(O)R₇R₈.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is CfOjOR,.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is C(O)R₁₀.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is SR_1P

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is S(O)₂R,,.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is S(O)R,,.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is NR₁₂R₁₃. In another embodiment, R, is NR_x(C=O)R_y, wherein R* and R,, are independently hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl;

or R, is NR,(SO₂)Ry, wherein ϊζ and Ry are independently hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl with the proviso that Ry is not H;

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is 2-oxazolyl, wherein R₁₄ is at the 4position and R_1S is at the 5-position of the oxazole group.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein R₁₆ is at the 4-position and R₁₇ is at the 5-position of the aminothiazolyl group.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is CH₂NR_I8R₁₉.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is C(O)NR₇R₈; and, R₃, R₄ and R5 are hydrogen.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is C(O)NR₇R₈; R₃, R₄ and R_s are 6

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0010.tif" />

hydrogen; and, R₂ is fluorine.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R, is C(O)NR₇R,; Rj, R, and Rj are hydrogen; R₂ is fluorine; and, R« is C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R| is CCOjNRjR^; Rj, R&lt; and R5 are hydrogen; R₂ is fluorine; is C(O)CH₃; and, R, is hydrogen.

In another embodiment of structure lb, R_f is C(O)NR,R,; R₃, R, and R5 are hydrogen; R₂ is fluorine; R« is C(O)CHj; R, is hydrogen; and, R, is heteroaryl.

The invention further provides a variety of methods of preparing combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones.

A method is provided for the preparation of a combinatorial library of oxazolidinones of structure lb. The method comprises the steps of: attaching a plurality of aryl oxazolidinones to a plurality of solid supports; functionalizing the 4-position of the aryl groups of the attached oxazolidinones; and, optionally, removing the oxazolidinones from the solid supports.

In another embodiment, the aryl oxazolidinone is attached to a solid support through the reaction of an iminophosphorane with a carbonyl containing resin to form an imine. In another embodiment, the aryl oxazolidinone is attached to a solid support through the reaction of an amine with a carbonyl containing resin to form an imine.

In another embodiment, the aryl oxazolidinone is attached to a solid support through the reaction of an iminophosphorane with a carbonyl containing resin to form an imine, and the imine is reduced to form an amine. In another embodimenL the aryl oxazolidinone is attached to a solid support through the reaction of an amine with a carbonyl containing resin to form an imine, and the imine is reduced to form an amine.,

Also described are biologically active oxazolidinones such as the oxazolidinone of structure lb. For example, the oxazolidinones may have antibiotic activity.

The biologically active oxazolidinones may be of the structure lb, wherein Ri of the oxazolidinone is C(O)NR₇R₈.

The biologically active oxazolidinones may also be of the structure lb, wherein R] of the oxazolidinone is 2 oxazolyl containing R14 at the 4-position and R15

<img file="NZ505902A_D0011.tif" />

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 at the 5-position of the oxazole.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is 2-aminothiazolyl containing R,₆ at the 4-position and R„ at the 5-position of the aminothiazole.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is C(O)NR₇R₈, and wherein R₃, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is 2 oxazolyl containing R₁₄ at the 4-position and R₁₅at the 5-position of the oxazole, and wherein R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is 2-aminothiazolyl containing R₁₆ at the 4-position and R₁₇ at the 5-position of the aminothiazole, and wherein R₃, R₄ and R, are hydrogen.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is C(O)NR₇R₈, and wherein R₃, R₄ and R^ are hydrogen, and further wherein R₂ is fluorine.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is 2 oxazolyl containing R,₄ at the 4-position and R₁₅at the 5-position of the oxazole, and wherein R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen, and further wherein R₂ is fluorine.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is 2-aminothiazolyl containing R₎₆ at the 4-position and R„ at the 5-position of the aminothiazole, and wherein R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen, and further wherein R₂ is fluorine.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R₇ is hydrogen and R_s is 5chloropyridine-3-yl, thiazole-2-yl, 5’-(5-aminopyridine-2-yl)thiopyridine-3’-yl, or pyridine-3-yl; and wherein R₃, R, and R₅ are hydrogen; and further wherein R₂ is fluorine; and further wherein R is C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb, wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R₇ is hydrogen and R_s is 58

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0012.tif" />

chloropyridine-3-yl; and wherein R„ R« and Rj are hydrogen; and further wherein R₂ is fluorine; and further wherein R« is C(O)CH₂SMe.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb wherein R, of the oxazolidinone is C(O)NR₇R«, wherein R₇ is hydrogen and R, is 5chloropyridine-3-yl; and wherein R,, R&lt; and R₅ are hydrogen; and further wherein R₂ is fluorine; and further wherein R&lt; is C(O)CHCH(pyridine-3-yl).

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb wherein R, of the oxazolidione is 5-amino-4-cyanooxazole-2-yl; and wherein R₂ is fluorine; and further wherein R₃, R, and Rj are hydrogen; and still further wherein R&lt; is C(O)CHj.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones are of the structure lb wherein R, of the oxazolidione is 4-phenylthiazole-2-yl-amino; and wherein R₂ is fluorine; and further wherein R₃, R&lt; and Rj are hydrogen; and still further wherein R&lt; is C(O)CH₃.

The invention provides a variety of methods of synthesizing biologically active oxazolidinones.

A method is provided for the preparation of oxazolidinones, such as those of the structure lb, and comprises the steps of: providing an iminophosphorane; mixing the iminophosphorane with a resin that comprises carbonyl groups to form an imine intermediate; and, reducing the imine intermediate to afford a compound attached to the resin through an amine linkage. In another embodiment, the iminophosphorane is provided from an azide that is reacted with a phosphine. In another embodiment, the iminophosphorane is provided from an amine that is reacted with a (trisubstituted)phosphine dihalide.

In another embodiment, the resin comprising carbonyl groups is of the structure

<img file="NZ505902A_D0013.tif" />

wherein R₂₃ is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, O-alkyl or O-aryl; R₂₄ is hydrogen, CH₃O or NO₂; R₂₅ is (CH₂)_nCONH, wherein n is an integer ranging between 1 and about 5; and, the filled circle is a polymeric support.

In another embodiment of structure Ic, R₂₃ is hydrogen, R₂₄ is CH₃O, R₂5 is (CH₂)₃CONH and the filled circle is Tentagel, (cross-linked)polystyrene, (crosslinked)polyethylene glycol or polyethyleneglycol-polystyrene compositions.

Methods also are provided of synthesizing a compound of structure lb, wherein the method comprises the steps of: reacting an amine with a resin that comprises carbonyl groups to form an imine intermediate; and reducing the imine intermediate to afford a compound attached to the resin through an amine linkage.

Further provided are oxazolidinone compounds with the structures:

Me-S-NMe ~fe^HN-A.NHAc

<img file="NZ505902A_D0014.tif" />

O n o—c

R O

<img file="NZ505902A_D0015.tif" />

II ===Z”^'^^.NHAc o

<img file="NZ505902A_D0016.tif" />

Λ“0

Me—S-NH-—i FN ^^NHAc

MeO — C

M ⁰ c—HN

<img file="NZ505902A_D0017.tif" />

N v-\^NHAc fs|=/ zr-N

N y~NH .NHAc

0,

<img file="NZ505902A_D0018.tif" />

N ι

V^VNHAc

NH~NHAc

<img file="NZ505902A_D0019.tif" />

^*0 N | v-'S^.NHAc

F O q

<img file="NZ505902A_D0020.tif" />

-N v-A^,NHAc

Me &lt;r^H

Cl

<img file="NZ505902A_D0021.tif" />

V-S^NHAc (followed by page 10a) ^WcruAi pTTX OFF/ce c⁷· X ·^{; 15} may ?no3

F Ο

ΜΛ-,λο

E 0 &gt;

ii_i \—«»/ NHAc

ae V”^NH

<img file="NZ505902A_D0022.tif" />

Ον*

Ν Υ—7—Ν ι ' JH \=/ vA^NHAc

F 0

Q\ _MS&gt;

MeO-f v-L NHAc

N*=Z

OMe

<img file="NZ505902A_D0023.tif" />

^ε4&gt;Ν^ ^Μβγ^^ΝΗ^==ζ vA^, N—S

NHAc

E 0

<img file="NZ505902A_D0024.tif" />

όγλ λ—Ν y—(· y—N j

V y_NH \=/

NHAc

Ν-λ A-AV-A?

fy y_NH V=/ v-\^NHAc

NHAc ,N

N γΝΗ %_g vA-nS '^-A^.nHAg

E 0 &gt;

ί I

MH 'VsssZ V-\^NHAC °- A-A /

0,N &lt; N y-NH ^~NH °- A-Λ?

^V-NHAC

<img file="NZ505902A_D0025.tif" />

; and

o.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0026.tif" />

pi—x r-Zy-N ?

# y~NH \s=7 N-S^.NHAc

F O

N °wX.N^?

N %-N \==/ ν-Α^,ΝΗΑο *~S \ ^b Et

<img file="NZ505902A_D0027.tif" />

^{1 5} MAY 2G03 $ £ @

Γ;· ?

10a

Also provided is an antimicrobial compound having the following structure:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0028.tif" />

wherein R₃ is selected from the group consisting of aryl or heteroaryl; and R₂o is structure B

<img file="NZ505902A_D0029.tif" />

«22

B wherein m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R₂₂, R₂₃ and R₂₄ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; provided that at least one of R₂₂, R23 and R₂4 is heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.

Further provided is an antimicrobial compound which is:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0030.tif" />

O

Yet further provided is an antimicrobial compound having the following structure:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0031.tif" />

O wherein R₃ is selected from the group consisting of aryl or heteroaryl; and B has the structure

<img file="NZ505902A_D0032.tif" />

B wherein m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R₂₅ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

Still further provided is a compound of formula 6c:

Het₂—R8*“H©t-j—N

<img file="NZ505902A_D0033.tif" />

nh-r₆

6c

<img file="NZ505902A_D0034.tif" />

10b wherein:

R6 is -C(OHCH₂)_m-C=C-R₂₅;

m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R₂5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and hetferoaryl;

R₈ is absent or C,-C₇ alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, NRC(=0), C(=0)N0R, C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂ S0₂NR, NRS0₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_n0, wherein n = 0-6, and wherein R and R’ are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

Heti is heteroaryl; and

Het₂ is absent or a heterocyclic group.

Also provided is a compound of formula 7c or 8c:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0035.tif" />

wherein:

R^ is -C(O)-(CH₂)_m-C=C-R₂₅;

m is 0,1, 2 or 3; R₂5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;

R₈ is C,-C₇ alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(=O), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)„O, wherein n = 0-6, and wherein R and R’ are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R₉ is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

R₁₀, Rn and Rj₂ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂, NR”R’”, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R’”, N(R”)C(=0)R’”, or N-oxide group in the pyridine nuclei, wherein R” and R’” are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Further provided is a compound of formula 9c or 10c:

OFFIC ·· f 5 MAY '1'

10c

<img file="NZ505902A_D0036.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0037.tif" />

10c wherein:

R₆ is -C(OHCH₂)_m-C=C-R₂₅;

m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R25 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;

R₈ is C,-C₇ alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(=0), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_n0 where n = 0-6, and where R and R’ are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R₉ is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

Rio and Rn are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂, NR”R”’, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R’ C(=O)NR’ ’R” ’, N(R’ ’)C(=O)R’ ”, or N-oxide group in the pyrimidine nuclei, wherein R’ and R’” are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Yet further provided is a compound of formula 11c, 12c or 13c:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0038.tif" />

^;9 ‘ property office of n.z. ί 5 MAY 2003 ‘6

12c

<img file="NZ505902A_D0039.tif" />

NH-Re wherein:

Re is -C(OHCH₂)_m-CC-R₂₅;

m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R₂₅ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;

R₈ is C,-C₇ alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=0)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(=0), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)„O where n = 0-6, and wherein R and R’ are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R₉ is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

R_]0 and Rn are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂, NR”R”’, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R”’, or N(R”)C(=0)R”’, wherein R” and R’” are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Still further provided is a compound of formula 14c, 15c or 16c:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0040.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0041.tif" />

10e

INTcLLSCTUAL property OF· ^:C OF N.Z.

’ 5 MAY 2003 '^:?CEIVED wherein:

is -C(O)-(CH₂)_m-A&gt;C-R₂₅;

m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R₂₅ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaiyl;

R₈ is C,-C₇ alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=0)N0R, NRC(=0), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_n0, wherein n = 0-6, and wherein R and R’ are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

Rio is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂, NR”R’”, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R”’, or N(R”)C(=O)R”’, where R” and R’” are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Still further provided is a compound of formula 17c:

R₉^—rs—|Γ%— Λ?

^N-N '^V'NH-Re

17c wherein:

Re is -C(O)-(CH₂)_m-C=C-R₂₅;

m is 0, 1, 2 or 3; R₂5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;

Rg is C,-C₇ alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(=O), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO2, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_nO where n = 0-6, and where R and R’ are independently H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; and

R₉ is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl.

Also provided are compositions suitable for the treatment or prevention of an infectious disorder comprising an effective amount of an oxazolidinone compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier wherein the compound is a-Q.°t^&gt;^NXNHAc

Also provided are compositions wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0042.tif" />

¹ 5 MAY 2003 ^r REIVED lOf

<img file="NZ505902A_D0043.tif" />

NOMe

Further provided are compositions wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

NC

<img file="NZ505902A_D0044.tif" />

N T vA^NHAc.

OKNHAc and ¢1NHAc

Yet further provided are compositions wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

NO2 K

<img file="NZ505902A_D0045.tif" />

O2N

A&lt;&gt; vA^NHAc

Still further provided are compositions suitable for the treatment or prevention of an infectious disorder comprising an effective amount of an antimicrobial compound of the invention.

10g

INTELLECTS-,

OFFIC ??Ο.&lt;ΊΓιΎ

5 MAY 2003

Yet further provided are compositions comprising a compound selected from the group comprising a compound of formula 6c, 7c, 8c, 9c, 10c, 11c, 12c, 13c, 14c, 15c, 16c and 17c, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided is use of a compound selected from the group consisting of ⁰ V 1

Me-S-NMe-fVlM j

Ii \=/ vA^NHAc

<img file="NZ505902A_D0046.tif" />

in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating or preventing an infectious disorder in a human or other animal subject.

Further provided is use of a compound selected form the group consisting of:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0047.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0048.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0049.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0050.tif" />

INTcLLECTUAL PPO'^PTY OFFICE CV '

5 MAY ?003 lOh

<img file="NZ505902A_D0051.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0052.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0053.tif" />

Ο

5^-p ’L-V-nhac in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating or preventing an infectious disorder in a human or other animal subject.

Yet further provided is use of a compound selected from the group consisting of:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0054.tif" />

in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating or preventing an infectious disorder in a human or other animal subject.

Still further provided is use of a compound selected from the group consisting of:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0055.tif" />

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OFFICE O- N.Z.

lOi

5 MAY 2C03

<img file="NZ505902A_D0056.tif" />

in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treating or preventing an infectious disorder in a human or other animal subject.

Also provided is use of an antimicrobial compound of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for use in preventing or treating an infectious disorder in a human or an animal.

Further provided is use of a compound selected from the group comprising a compound of formula 6c, 7c, 8c, 9c, 10c, 11c, 12c, 13c, 14c, 15c, 16c and 17c, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in preventing or treating an infectious disorder in a human or an animal.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 shows the structure of an oxazolidinone lb.

Figure 2 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a combinatorial library comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein Rj is C(O)R₇R₈.

Figure 3 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a set of azido oxazolidinones. Figure 4 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a combinatorial library comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R) is C(O)R₇R₈, and wherein R₃, R» and R₅ are hydrogen; and wherein in Figure 4, the N-Ac group of 17,18 and 19 also may be NCORi, wherein R_t is a substituent, such as H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.

Figure 5 is a scheme showing the synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein Ri is C(O)OR₉ or C(O)R₁₀.

Figure 6 is a scheme showing the synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein Ri is SRn.

Figure 7 is a scheme showing the synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein Ri is S(O)Rn or S(O)₂Rn.

Figure 8 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a set of thio substituted azido oxazolidinones.

Figure 9 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a combinatorial library comprising

-N&lt; d-LECTUAL PROPERTY OFFICE O N,z.

5 MAY 2003 lOj (followed by page 11)

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is NR_I2R,₃.

Figure 10 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a combinatorial library comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is an oxazole.

Figure 11 is a scheme showing the synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is an oxazole.

Figure 12 is a scheme showing the synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is an aminothiazole.

Figure 13 is a scheme showing the synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is CH,NR_]8R₁₉.

Figure 14 is a scheme showing the synthesis of a set of acetal containing azido oxazolidinones.

Figure 15 is a scheme showing a general synthetic method for the preparation of oxazolidinones.

Figure 16 is a scheme showing a general synthetic method for the preparation of azido oxazolidinones.

Figure 17 is a graphical depiction of a linking portion connecting an oxazolidinone to a solid support.

Figure 18 is a scheme showing the synthesis of an oxazolidinone of structure lb, wherein R, is NR₎₂R₁₃.

Figure 19 is a scheme showing the synthesis of an oxazolidinone of structure lb wherein R, is an aminothiazole.

Figure 20 is a scheme showing the synthesis of an oxazolidinone of structure lb, wherein R, is an oxazole.

Figure 21 is a scheme showing the synthesis of oxazolidinones of structure lb wherein R, is C(O)R_l0.

Figure 22 is a scheme showing the synthesis of oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is NR₁₂R_I3.

Figure 23 is a scheme showing a general synthetic method for the preparation of oxazolidinones.

Figure 24 is a scheme showing a method of preparation of N-[(3-phenyl-2-oxo-5oxazolidinyl)methyl]acetamide.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Figure 25 is a scheme showing a method of preparation of N-[[3-(3-fluoro-4morpholinylphenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]methyl]acetamide.

Figure 26 is a scheme showing a method of preparation for solid support bound (S)-N-[[3-(3-fluoro-4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]-methyl]acetamide.

Figure 27 is a scheme showing a method of preparation for sulfonyl, amidyl and ureayl derivatives of (S)-N-[[3-(3-fluoro-4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]methyljacetamide.

Figure 28 is a scheme showing the preparation of α-thio acetamide, α, βunsaturated acetamide and α-amino acetamide derivatives of (S)-N-[[3-(3-fluoro-4morpholinyl-phenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]-methyl]acetamide.

Figure 29 shows a nonlimiting group of amines that are used in the preparation of sulfonyl, amidyl and ureayl oxazolidinone combinatorial libraries.

Figure 30 shows another nonlimiting group of amines that are used in the preparation of sulfonyl, amidyl and ureayl oxazolidinone combinatorial libraries.

Figure 31 shows another nonlimiting group of amines that are used in the preparation of sulfonyl, amidyl and ureayl oxazolidinone combinatorial libraries.

Figure 32 shows a nonlimiting group of amines that are attached to a solid support in a manner analogous to amine 32a in Figure 26 and then used to construct sulfonamide, amide and urea oxazolidinone libraries in an manner analogous to solid support bound amine 33a in Figure 27.

Figure 33 is a group of amines for use in the preparation of oxazolidonones that was for example used to prepare combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is derived from the shown amine, R₂ is fluorine, R₃ is hydrogen,

R₄ is hydrogen, R₅ is hydrogen and R&lt;; is C(O)CH₃.

Figure 34 is a group of amines for use in the preparation of oxazolidinones that was for example used to prepare combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is derived from the shown amine, R₂ is fluorine, R₃ is hydrogen, R₄ is hydrogen, R₅ is hydrogen and R₆ is C(O)CH₃.

Figure 35 is a group of amines for use in the preparation of oxazolidinones that was for example used to prepare combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 lb, wherein R, is derived from the shown amine, R₂ is fluorine, R₃ is hydrogen, R₄ is hydrogen, R_s is hydrogen and R is C(O)CH₃.

Figure 36 is a group of amines for use in the preparation of oxazolidinones that was used for example to prepare combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is derived from the shown amine, R₂ is fluorine, R₃ is hydrogen, R, is hydrogen, R_s is hydrogen and R_i is C(O)CHCHC₆H₄CH(p-NOCH₃) or C(O)CHCHC₆H₄(pOCH₃).

Figure 37 is a group of amines for use in the preparation of oxazolidinones that was used for example to prepare combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of structure lb, wherein R, is derived from the shown amine, R₂ is fluorine, R₃ is hydrogen, R₄ is hydrogen, R₅ is hydrogen and R₆ is C(O)CH₂SCH₃ or C(O)CHCH(3-C₅H₄N).

Figure 38 shows a group of biologically active oxazolidinone compounds, with an MIC range of about 1.25-20 pg/ml against E.faecium.

Figure 39 is a scheme showing the synthesis of acylamino oxazolidinone compounds and libraries, wherein R, and R₂ are substituents, for example, H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or alkoxy.

Figure 40 is a scheme showing the synthesis of sulfonamide oxazolidinone compounds and libraries, wherein R, is a substituent, for example, H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or alkoxy.

Figure 41 is a scheme showing the synthesis of sulfide oxazolidinone compounds and libraries, wherein R, is a substituent, for example, H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or alkoxy.

Figures 42 and 43 illustrate building blocks R₂COOH that may be used for synthesis of acylamino oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 39, and also may be used in other syntheses such as those shown in Figure 9.

Figures 44 and 45 illustrate building blocks R₂X, where X is halo, which may be used in the synthesis of sulfide oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 41 and also can be used as R,,X in the synthesis shown in Figure 6.

Figure 46 illustrates sulfonyl chloride building blocks R₂SO₂C1 that may be used in the synthesis of sulfonamide oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 40, and also may be used in the syntheses shown in Figure 18.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

Figure 47 illustrates amine building blocks R,R₈NH that may be used in the synthesis of oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 4.

Figure 48 shows building blocks R₂R₃NH and R,COOH that may be used to make compounds of formula lk and libraries thereof.

Figure 49 is a general scheme showing routes of synthesis of 3(heteroaryl)oxazolidinones.

Figure 50 is another general scheme showing routes of synthesis of 3(heteroaryl)oxazolidinones.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

Definitions

As used herein, the terms and phrases have the meanings and definitions known in the art. Some of the more commonly used phrases are described in more detail below.

“Combinatorial library” or “array” is an intentionally created collection of differing molecules which can be prepared synthetically and screened for biological activity in a variety of different formats (e.g., libraries of soluble molecules, libraries of molecules bound to a solid support). Typically, combinatorial libraries contain between about 6 and two million compounds. In one embodiment, combinatorial libraries contain between about 48 and 1 million compounds. For example, combinatorial libraries may contain between about 96 and 250,000 compounds. In another embodiment, combinatorial libraries may contain about 40 to 100 compounds.

“Alkyl” refers to a cyclic, branched or straight chain chemical group containing only carbon and hydrogen, such as methyl, pentyl, and adamantyl. Alkyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents, e.g., halogen, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, and benzyl. Alkyl groups can be saturated or unsaturated (e.g., containing -C=C- or -C=C- subunits), at one or several positions. Typically, alkyl groups will comprise about 1 to 12 carbon atoms, for example about 1 to 10, or about 1 to 8 carbon atoms.

“Heteroalkyl” refers to a cyclic, branched or straight chain chemical group containing carbon, hydrogen and at least one heteroatom. The heteroatom will be typically nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Heteroalkyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 with one or more substituents, e.g., halogen, alkoxy, acyloxy, amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, benzyloxy, phenyl, benzyl. Where the heteroalkyl group contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom can be primary, secondary, tertiary, quaternary or can be in various forms such as an amide or sulfonamide. Heteroalkyl groups can contain one or more unsaturated (e.g., -C=C- or -C=C-) subunits. Typically, heteroalkyl groups will comprise 1 to 12 atoms, for example 1 to 8, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

“Aryl” refers to a monovalent unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g. phenyl), multiple rings (e.g. biphenyl), or multiple condensed rings (e.g. naphthyl or anthryl). Aryl groups can be optionally unsubstituted or substituted with amino, hydroxyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, halo, mercapto and other substituents. Typically, the aryl group is a substituted single ring compound. For example, the aryl group is a substituted phenyl ring.

“Heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., pyridyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g., indolizinyl or benzothienyl) and having at least one heteroatom within the ring. The heteroatom in the ring is preferably nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Heteroaryl groups can be optionally unsubstituted or substituted with amino, hydroxyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, halo, mercapto and other substituents. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl group is substituted.

“Electron withdrawing group” refers to a substituent that draws electrons to itself more than a hydrogen atom would if it occupied the same position in a molecule. This definition according to field effect is discussed in March, “Advanced Organic Chemistry,” 3d Edition, pp. 16-17, Wiley-Interscience, New York. It should be contrasted with a definition based on resonance effects. Examples of electron withdrawing groups include -NR₂, -COOH, -OR, -SR, -F, -COR, -Cl, -SH, -NO₂, -Br, -NH₂, -SO₂R, -I, -OH, -CN, -C=CR₂, where R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

“Chemical module” refers to a general class of molecules that can be incorporated into a combinatorial library at a discrete step in the library synthesis. For example, thiols are chemical modules that can be coupled to a substrate, where the synthetic route employs a nucleophile to displace a solid support bound leaving group; isocyanates are chemical modules that can be coupled to a substrate, where the synthetic route employs an

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 electrophile to react with a solid support bound amine. Chemical modules can contain tens, hundreds or thousands of different individual members.

“Protecting group” refers to a chemical group that exhibits the following characteristics: (1) reacts selectively with the desired functionality in good yield to give a protected substrate that is stable to the projected reactions for which protection is desired; 2) is selectively removable from the protected substrate to yield the desired functionality; and 3) is removable in good yield by reagents compatible with the other functional group(s) generated in such protection reactions. Examples of protecting groups can be found in Greene et al. (1991) Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd Ed. (John Wiley &amp; Sons, Inc., New York).

“Biologically active oxazolidinone compounds” or “bioactive oxazolidinone compounds” refers to an oxazolidinone compound, for example, of structure lb that exhibits biological activity. For instance, a biologically active oxazolidinone can inhibit the interaction between an enzyme or receptor and its respective substrate(s) or endogenous ligand(s), or inhibit cell growth of a microorganism, by about at least 15% at a solution concentration of 10'³ molar or lower (i.e., it has inhibitory activity). For example, the biologically active oxazolidinone will inhibit such processes at solution concentrations of about 10‘⁴ M or lower, or 10'⁵ M or lower, or, e.g., of about 10'⁶ M or lower.

“Allylic amine” refers to a compound of the following structure:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0057.tif" />

R33 where R₃„ R₃₂, R₃₃, R₃₄ and R₃₅ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl. Where R₃₎, R₃₂, R₃₃, R₃₄ and R₃₅ are all hydrogen, the allylic amine is allylamine.

“Phosgene equivalent” refers to a chemical reagent that can add a C=O group to a molecule in either one or more than one chemical steps. A nonlimiting example of a phosgene equivalent that can add a C=O group in one chemical step is carbonyldiimidazole

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 (CDI). A nonlimiting example of a phosgene equivalent that can add a C=O group in more than one chemical step is ethyl chloroformate.

“Acyl” refers to a group -(C=O)-R, where R is a substituent such as H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl or heteroalkyl. Exemplary acyl groups include formyl, acetyl, propionyl and butyryl.

“Sulfonyl” refers to a group -(SO₂)-R, where R is a substituent such as alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. Exemplary sulfonyl groups include methylsulfonyl and trifluoromethylsulfonyl.

Oxazolidinones

Provided are oxazolidinones and combinatorial libraries thereof, as well as methods for their synthesis, for example by solid phase synthesis methods.

In one embodiment, oxazolidinones have the following structure:

^R3'N O la where R, is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R₂is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; Rj is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R_n is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and R₁₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, R₃ of the oxazolidinones la is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, where the aryl and heteroaryl groups are the aryl and heteroaryl groups attached to the amines of Table 2 and Figures 29, 30 and 31.

In another embodiment, R₃ of the oxazolidinones la is a heteroaryl group such as a pyridyl group, a thienylphenyl group, an oxazolyl group or a pyrrolyl group, or is a (morpholino)fluorophenyl group.

In another embodiment, the oxazolidinones have the structure

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0058.tif" />

Ο ^RJN

<img file="NZ505902A_D0059.tif" />

Id where R, is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, R₂is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, and Rj has the structure where ‘X’ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, electron withdrawing groups, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, and Ύ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, electron withdrawing groups, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, R₃ of the oxazolidinones Id is the following structure:

F

<img file="NZ505902A_D0060.tif" />

In another embodiment, R, of the oxazolidinones Id is the following structure:

-^N \

R|6 where R_IS is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, and where R_w is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

The oxazolidinones may be antimicrobial compounds. In one embodiment, the antimicrobial compounds have the structure:

intellectual property OFFICE Or N.z.

5 MAY 2003

Ω ~ C £ $ V R □ •20

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 y^R2° le where R₃ is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, and where R₂₀ is selected from the group consisting of structures A, B, C, I, J and K:

-CH₂-SR₂|

<img file="NZ505902A_D0061.tif" />

R₂₂

B

As'25

-(ch₂V r₃₀ ' 'm

I o

-4cH₂·)— Ο-Ϊ CH₂^—R₃₀ —^“4^ch2^—^R30 ' 'm \ /n ' 'm \ /n

J K where m is 0,1,2 or 3, and where n is 0,1,2 or 3. and where R_2! is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, and where R₂₂, R₂₃ and R₂₄ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl and heteroaryl, and where R₂₅ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, and where R₃₀ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

In another embodiment, R₃ of the antimicrobial compound le is selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl, where the aryl and heteroaryl groups are the aryl and heteroaryl groups attached to the amines of Table 2 and Figures 29, 30 and 31.

In another embodiment, R₃ of the antimicrobial compound le has the following 5 structure:

Z

<img file="NZ505902A_D0062.tif" />

X where X and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and fluoride, and where Y is selected from the group consisting of structures D, E, F, G and H:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0063.tif" />

h₃c

<img file="NZ505902A_D0064.tif" />

where R₂₆ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, Y of the antimicrobial compound le has the structure D:

/“λ _N—

D

In another embodiment, the antimicrobial compound has the structure:

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Ο

<img file="NZ505902A_D0065.tif" />

If where m is 0,1,2 or 3, and where R₂₂, R₂₃ and R₂₄ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl and heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, m in the antimicrobial compound If is 0, R₂₂ and R₂₃ are hydrogen, and R₂₄ is an aryl group.

In another embodiment, the antimicrobial compound is of the structure

<img file="NZ505902A_D0066.tif" />

where R₃₅, R_3S and R₃₇ are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, an electron withdrawing group, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, oxazolidinones and combinatorial libraries thereof, of the structure lb shown in Figure 1 are provided:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0067.tif" />

In one embodiment, substituent R, of compound lb is one of the following functional 20 groups: C(O)NR,R₈, wherein R, and R₈ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl (See Figures 33, 34, 35,36 and 37 for nonlimiting examples of amines used to construct such libraries); C(O)OR&gt;, wherein R, is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 or heteroaryl; C(O)R₁₀, wherein R₁₀ is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

SR_n, wherein R„ is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; SfO^R,,, wherein R_nis hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; S(O)R,,, wherein R,, is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; NR₁₂R₁₃, wherein R_I2 and R₁₃ are, independently, hydrogen, acyl, sulfonyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; NR(C=O)R, wherein R and R. are independently hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; NR(SO₂)Ry, wherein R and Ry are independently hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, provided R. is not H; 2-oxazolyl, wherein R_]4 is at the 4-position and R_]5 is at the 5-position, and wherein R₁₄ and R_IS are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein R,₆ is at the 4-position and R₁₇ is at the 5position, and wherein R₁₆ and R_I7 are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; and, CH₂NR₁₈R₁₉, wherein R,₈ and R₁₉ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl or sulfonyl. The substituents R₂, R₃, R₄ and R_s are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; and, R is acyl or sulfonyl.

In one embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows: R, is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R, is hydrogen and R₈ is alkyl, heteroalkyl aryl or heteroaryl; R, is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and R₆ is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R, is hydrogen and R_g is aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ is a halogen; R₃, R and R₃ are hydrogen; and R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)„CH₃, and wherein n is an integer ranging from 0 to about 5. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R, is hydrogen and R„ is heteroaryl; R₂ is fluorine (F); R₃, R₄ and R₅are hydrogen; and R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R, is C(O)OR, wherein R is alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R and R_s are hydrogen; and R is acyl. In one embodiment the substituents are as follows: R, is C(O)OR, wherein R is alkyl or heteroalkyl; R₂ is a halogen; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)_nCH₃, and wherein n is an integer ranging from 0 to about 5. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is C(O)OR, wherein R is alkyl; R₂ is fluorine;

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

R₃, R and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R, is C(O)R_]0, wherein R_l0 is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R, is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and R is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is C(O)R_I0, wherein R₁₀ is alkyl or aryl; R₂is a halogen; R₃, R₄ and R, are hydrogen; and R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)_nCH₃, and wherein n is an integer ranging from 0 to about 5. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is C(O)R_l0, wherein R_l0 is alkyl; R₂ is fluorine; R, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R, is SR,„ wherein R,, is alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R₃ are hydrogen; and, R is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is SR_n, wherein R,, is alkyl or heteroalkyl; R₂ is a halogen; Rj, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and, R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)„CH₃. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is SR_n, wherein R,, is alkyl; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R, is S(O)₂R,,, wherein R_n is alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R, are hydrogen; and, R is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is S(O)₂R_H, wherein R,, is alkyl or heteroalkyl; R₂ is a halogen; R₃, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and, R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)_nCH₃. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is S(O)₂R,„ wherein R_n is alkyl; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R, is S(O)R_n, wherein R,, is alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is S(O)R_1]; wherein R,, is alkyl or heteroalkyl; R₂ is a

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 halogen; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)_nCH,. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is S(O)R_n, wherein R,, is alkyl; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and R^ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R, is NR,jR,₃, wherein R₁₂ is hydrogen and R,₃ is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl or sulfonyl; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R, are hydrogen; R₆ is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is NR₁₂R_I3, wherein R_n is hydrogen and R_I3 is acyl or sulfonyl; R, is a halogen; R₃, R„ and R_s are hydrogen; and, R^ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)_nCH₃, and wherein n is an integer ranging from 0 to about 5. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is NR_I2R_I3, wherein R,, is hydrogen and R,, is acyl; R, is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R₆ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R) is 2-oxazolyl, wherein R_]4 is at the 4-position and R_l5 is at the 5-position, and wherein R₎₄ and R,j are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and, R« is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is 2-oxazolyl, wherein R₁₄ is at the 4-position and R₁₅ is at the 5-position, and wherein R₁₄ and R,, are, independently, an electron withdrawing group; R, is a halogen; R₃, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and, R^ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)_nCH₃. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is 2-oxazolyl, wherein R₁₄ is at the 4-position and R,j is at the 5-position, and wherein R₁₄ and R_l5 are, independently, an electron withdrawing group; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R₆ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

Ri is 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein R_I6 is at the 4-position and R₁₇ is at the 5-position, and wherein R₁₆ and R₁₇ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R^ is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is 2aminothiazolyl, wherein R_]6 is at the 4-position and R,₇ is at the 5-position, and wherein

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

R,₆ and R„ are, independently, an electron withdrawing group; R₂ is a halogen; R₃, R₄ and Rj are hydrogen; and, R^ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)„CH₃, and wherein n is an integer ranging from 0 to about 5. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein R,₆ is at the 4-position and R_I7 is at the 5position, and wherein R₎₆ and R₁₇ are, independently, an electron withdrawing group; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and, R« is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the substituents of compound lb are defined as follows:

R, is CH₂NR₁₈R₁₉, wherein R_]8 is hydrogen and R_I9 is alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl or sulfonyl; R₂ is an electron withdrawing group; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R* is acyl. In one embodiment, the substituents are as follows: R, is CH₂NR_I8R₁₉, where R_I8is hydrogen and R₁₉ is acyl or sulfonyl; R, is a halogen; R„ R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and R^ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)(CH₂)_nCH₃. For example, the substituents are as follows: R, is CH₂NR₁₈R₎₉, wherein R₁₈ is hydrogen and R₁₉ is acyl; R₂is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R* is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

Synthesis of Combinatorial Libraries of Oxazolidinones lb

Provided are methods for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones, for example, of the structure lb. (For a general discussion of combinatorial library synthesis, see U.S. Pat. No. 5,549,974, which is hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes.) In one embodiment, the methods comprise attaching an aryl oxazolidinone to a solid support; functionalizing the 4-position of the aryl group; and removing the oxazolidinone from the solid support.

Figure 2 shows a method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is C(O)NR₇R₈. A plurality of azides 2 are converted to the corresponding iminophosphoranes upon reaction with a phosphine. The ylides are mixed with a plurality of solid supports containing a carbonyl functional group, producing a plurality of imines. The imines are reduced (e.g., NaBH₃CN) to provide a plurality of amines 3. The ester group of 3 is deprotected to afford a plurality of acids 4. Acylation of the amine and activation of the acid of 4 yields a plurality of activated esters 5. The activated esters are reacted with an R₇R₈NH amine unit, providing a plurality of

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 amides 5. The solid support bound amides 5 are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent (e.g., TFA) to afford a plurality of amides 7 in solution.

The plurality of azides 2 is produced starting from a set of substituted methylnitrobenzenes (8, Figure 3). The methyl group of 8 is oxidized to provide the conesponding carboxylic acids 9. The acids are esterified, affording a set of nitro esters 10. The nitro group of 10 is reduced to yield a set of amines 11. Acylation of 11 provides a set of protected amines 12. Amines 12 are reacted with a substituted epoxide to afford a set of amino alcohols, which are cyclized to a set of oxazolidinones 13. Displacement of the primary alcohol of 13 yields the azides 2.

Figure 4 shows an exemplary method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein the substituents are defined as follows: R, is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R₇ is hydrogen and R₈ is alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃. A plurality of azides 14 were converted to the corresponding iminophosphoranes upon reaction with triphenylphosphine. The iminophosphoranes were mixed with a plurality of 5-formyldimethoxyphenoxybutyric acid resin beads (BAL resin beads, Novabiochem), producing a plurality of imines. The imines were reduced with NaBH₃CN to provide a plurality of amines 15. The ester group of 15 was deprotected using trimethylsilylchloride (TMSC1) to afford a plurality of acids (16). Acylation of the amine with Ac₂O and activation of the acid with PfpOCOCF₃ yielded a plurality of activated esters 17. The activated esters were reacted with an R₇R₈NH unit, providing a plurality of amides 18. The solid support bound amides 18 were removed from the solid support using TFA to afford a plurality of amides 19 in solution. Figure 47 illustrates amine building blocks R₇R₈NH that may be used in the synthesis of oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 4.

Figure 5 shows exemplary methods for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is either C(O)OR, or C(O)R,₀.

A plurality of solid support bound acids 4 are converted into activated acids 20. To prepare an oxazolidinone library, wherein R, is C(O)OR„ the activated acids 20 are reacted with an R,OH unit, providing a plurality of esters 21. The esters are removed from the solid support upon treatment with a suitable reagent, affording a plurality of amides 22 in

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 solution. To prepare an oxazolidinone library, wherein R, is C(O)R₁₀, the activated acids 20 are reacted with an amine, providing a plurality of Weinreb amides 23. The Weinreb amides are reacted with an organometallic unit (e.g., LiAlH4 or MeMgBr), affording a plurality of ketones 24. The ketones 24 are removed from the solid support upon treatment with a suitable reagent, producing a plurality of ketones 25 in solution.

Figure 6 shows an exemplary method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is SR,,. A plurality of azides 26 are converted to the corresponding iminophosphoranes upon reaction with a phosphine.

The iminophosphoranes are mixed with a plurality of solid supports containing a carbonyl functional group, producing a plurality of imines. The imines are reduced to provide a plurality of amines 27. Acylation of the amine and deprotection of the sulfide of 27 yields a plurality of thiols 28. Alkylation of 28 with an electrophile provides a plurality of sulfides 29. The solid support bound sulfides 29 are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent to afford a plurality of sulfides 30 in solution. Another embodiment is shown in Figure 41. Figures 44 and 45 illustrate building blocks R₂X, where X is halo, which may be used in the synthesis of sulfide oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 41 and also can be used as R,,X in the synthesis shown in Figure 6.

Figure 7 shows an exemplary method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is S(O)R₍| or S(O)₂R,|. To prepare an oxazolidinone library, wherein R1 is S(O)R,,, a plurality of solid support bound sulfides 29 is converted into a plurality of sulfoxides 31 upon oxidation. The sulfoxides are removed from the solid support upon treatment with a suitable reagent, affording a plurality of sulfoxides 32 in solution. To prepare an oxazolidinone library, wherein R, is S(O)₂R_n, a plurality of solid support bound sulfides 29 is converted into a plurality of sulfones 33 upon oxidation. The sulfones are removed from the solid support upon treatment with a suitable reagent, affording a plurality of sulfones 34 in solution.

The plurality of azides 26 is produced starting from a set of substituted anilines 35. The aniline is subjected to electrophilic aromatic substitution at the 4-position, providing a set of isothiocyanates 36. The amine portion of 36 is protected to produce 37. The isothiocyanate group of 37 is reacted with sodium sulfide and trityl bromide to afford a set of protected sulfides 38. The protected aniline of 38 is reacted with a substituted epoxide

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 and cyclized, yielding a set of oxazolidinones 39. Conversion of the primary alcohol of 39 to an azide produces the set of azides 26. See Figure 8.

Figure 9 shows an exemplary method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is NR₁₂R₁₃. A plurality of solid support bound azides 5, which contain an activated ester, are converted into a plurality of acyl azides 40. The acyl azides are rearranged, providing a plurality of protected anilines 41. Deprotection of 41 affords a plurality of anilines 42, which are reacted with electrophilic units R₁₂X and R_I3X to yield a plurality of substituted anilines 43. The solid support bound substituted anilines 43 are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent to afford a plurality of substituted anilines 44 in solution. Another embodiment is shown in Figure 39, which is a scheme showing the synthesis of acylamino oxazolidinone compounds and libraries, wherein R, and R, are substituents, for example, H, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or alkoxy. Figures 42 and 43 illustrate building blocks R₂COOH that may be used for synthesis of acylamino oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 39, and also may be used in other syntheses such as those shown in Figure 9.

Figure 10 shows an exemplary method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is 2-oxazolyl with a cyano group at the 4-position and an amino group at the 5-position. A plurality of azides 2 are converted to the corresponding iminophosphoranes upon reaction with a phosphine.

The ylides are mixed with a plurality of solid supports containing a carbonyl functional group, producing a plurality of amines 3. The ester group of 3 is deprotected to provide plurality of carboxylic acids. The amine is acylated and the carboxylic acid activated, yielding a plurality of esters 5. Reaction of 5 with amino malonitriie affords a plurality of oxazoles 45. The solid support bound oxazoles are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent to produce a plurality of oxazoles 46 in solution.

Figure 11 shows exemplary methods for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is either 2-oxazolyl containing R,4 at the 4-position and R₁₅ and the 5-position, or 2-oxazolyl containing cyano at the 4position and R_IS at the 5-position. To prepare an oxazolidinone library, wherein R, is 2oxazolyl containing R₁₄ at the 4-position and R_I5 at the 5-position, a plurality of solid

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 support bound oxazoles 45 is reacted with a reagent capable of converting the 4-cyano group to a different functionality (e.g. hydrolysis to acid) to provide a plurality of oxazole compounds 47. The 5-amino substituent of 47 is alkylated or acylated to produce a plurality of compounds 48. The solid support bound oxazoles 48 are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent to afford a plurality of R₁₄, R_ls-substituted oxazoles 49 in solution. To prepare an oxazolidinone library, wherein R, is 2-oxazolyl containing cyano at the 4-position and R₎₅ at the 5-position, the 5-amino substituent of 45 is alkylated or acylated to produce a plurality of compounds 50. The solid support bound oxazoles 50 are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent to afford a plurality of cyano, R₁₅ substituted oxazoles 51 in solution.

Figure 12 shows an exemplary method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein R, is 2-aminothiazolyl containing R₎₆ at the 4-position and R₁₇ at the 5-position. A plurality of anilines 42 is reacted with a protected isothiocyanate to provide a plurality of protected thiocarbamates

52. The thiocarbamates are deprotected, producing a plurality of thiocarbamates 53. Reaction of 53 with an α-halo ketone yields a plurality of aminothiazoles 54. The solid support bound amino thiazoles are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent to afford a plurality of aminothiazoles 55 in solution.

Figure 13 shows an exemplary method for the preparation of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones of the structure lb, wherein Rj is CH₂NR_I8R,₉. A plurality of azides 56 is converted to the corresponding iminophosphoranes upon reaction with a phosphine. The iminophosphoranes are mixed with a plurality of solid supports, producing a plurality of imines. The imines are reduced and acylated to provide a plurality of acetals 57. The acetals are removed, yielding a plurality of aldehydes 58. Reductive amination of the aldehydes affords a plurality of amines 59. The solid support bound amines are removed from the solid support using a suitable reagent to afford a plurality of amines 60 in solution.

The plurality of azides 67 is produced starting from a set of substituted methylnitrobenzenes 61 (Figure 14). The methyl group of 61 is oxidized to provide the acetals 62. Transacetalization of 62 yields a set of dimethyl acetals 63. The nitro group of 63 is reduced, affording a set of anilines 64, which are protected 65. The protected anilines

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 are reacted with a substituted epoxide, and the resulting amino alcohols are cyclized to yield a set of oxazolidinones 66. The primary of alcohol of 66 is displaced with azide, producing 67.

Embodiments of Biologically Active Oxazolidinone Compounds

In one embodiment, biologically active oxazolidinones, for example with antibiotic activity, are provided, for example, of the structure lb:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0068.tif" />

In one embodiment, the substituents on lb are as follows:

Substituent R, of compound lb is one of the following functional groups: C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R₇ and R₈ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; C(O)OR, wherein R is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; C(O)R₁₀, wherein R_lo is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; SR,„ wherein R,, is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; S(O)₂R,|, wherein R_n is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; S(O)R_n, wherein R„ is hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; NR₁₂R„, wherein R₁₂ and R₎₃ are, independently, hydrogen, acyl, sulfonyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; 2-oxazolyl, wherein R₁₄ is at the 4-position and R₁₅ is at the 5-position, and wherein R₁₄ and R,_s are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein R_l6 is at the 4position and R₁₇ is at the 5-position, and wherein R_l6 and R₁₇ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; and CH₂NR_I8R„, wherein R_lg and R₁₉ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl or sulfonyl. The substituents R₂, R₃, R₄ and R_s are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group; and, R is acyl or sulfonyl.

In one embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones of structure lb are substituted as follows: R, is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R₇ is hydrogen and R₈ is alkyl,

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R« is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃. In one embodiment, the oxazolidinone is substituted as follows: R, is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R₇ is hydrogen and R₈ is aryl or heteroaryl; R, is fluorine; R₃₎ R₄ and R5 are hydrogen; and, R₆ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃. In another embodiment, the oxazolidinone is substituted as follows: R, is C(O)NR₇R₈, wherein R₇ is hydrogen and R₈ is heteroaryl; R₂is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R₆ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones of structure lb are substituted as follows: R, is 2-oxazolyl, containing a cyano group at the 4-position and an amino group at the 5-position of the oxazole; R₂ and R₄ are, independently, hydrogen or an electron withdrawing group; R₃ and R₅ are hydrogen; and, R is acyl or sulfonyl. The oxazolidinone is, for example, substituted as follows: R, is 2-oxazolyl, containing a cyano group at the 4-position and an amino group at the 5-position of the oxazole; R₂ is a halogen; R₃, R₄ and R_s are hydrogen; and, R_i is acyl. In another embodiment, the oxazolidinone is substituted as follows: R, is 2-oxazolyl, containing a cyano group at the 4-position and an amino group at the 5-position of the oxazole; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R₄ and R, are hydrogen; and R^ is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

In another embodiment, the biologically active oxazolidinones of structure lb are substituted as follows: R, is 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein the 4-position of the thiazole contains R,₆ and the 5-position contains R₎₇, and wherein R₁₆ and R₁₇ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; R₂ and R₄ are, independently, hydrogen or an electron withdrawing group; R₃ and R5 are hydrogen; and, Rj, is acyl. For example, the oxazolidinone is substituted as follows: R, is 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein the 4-position of the thiazole contains R,₆ and the 5-position contains R,„ and wherein R_I6 and R₁₇ are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl or aryl; R, is a halogen; R₃, R₄ and R₅ are hydrogen; and,

R&lt;s is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃. In another embodiment, the oxazolidinone is substituted as follows: R, is 2-aminothiazolyl, wherein the 4-position of the thiazole contains R,₆ and the 5-position contains R_!7, and wherein R₎₆ and R₁₇ are, independently, hydrogen or aryl; R₂ is fluorine; R₃, R, and Rj are hydrogen; and, R/, is acyl, wherein the acyl group is of the structure C(O)CH₃.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Synthesis of Biologically Active Oxazolidinone Compounds lb

Exemplary methods for the solid phase synthesis of biologically active oxazolidinones, for example, of the structure lb are provided. The methods comprise: providing an iminophosphorane; mixing the iminophosphorane with a resin that comprises carbonyl groups to form an imine intermediate; and reducing the imine intermediate to afford a compound attached to the resin through an amine linkage.

Figure 15 generally shows the solid phase synthesis of oxazolidinone compounds. Oxazolidinone 68, wherein R₂₀ is (4-R,)-aryl (1), is converted into imine 71 by 1 of 2 pathways: azide 68 is treated with a phosphine (R₂₁ is alkyl or aryl) to provide iminophosphorane 69, which is reacted with a carbonyl containing resin; or, azide 68 is reduced to amine 70, which is reacted with a carbonyl containing resin. Imine 71 is reduced using an appropriate reducing agent (e.g., NaBH,CN), affording compound 72, which is attached to the resin through an amine linkage.

Figure 16 generally shows the synthesis of compound 68. Epoxide 73 is subjected to nucleophilic attack by R₂₀NH₂, producing an amino alcohol. The amino alcohol is cyclized to provide oxazolidinone 74. Removal of the ester protecting group of 74 affords a primary alcohol 75. Displacement of the primary alcohol with azide yields 68.

The carbonyl containing resin is graphically depicted on Figure 15. Substituent R₂₃is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, O-alkyl or O-aryl. The polymeric support (filled circle) is composed of a variety of materials, including, without limitation, Tentagel, (crosslinked)polystyrene, (cross-linked)polyethyleneglycol, poly-ethyleneglycol-polystyrene compositions, and polyacrylate. Substituent R22 is shown on Figure 17: R24 is hydrogen, CHjO, NO₂; and, R₂₅ is (CH₂)„CONH, wherein n is an integer ranging from 1 to about 5.

Figure 18 shows an embodiment of the solid phase synthesis methods. Azide 14 is converted into an iminophosphorane upon treatment with triphenylphosphine. The iminophosphorane is reacted with BAL resin to provide an imine, which is reduced with NaBHjCN, affording amine 15. Compound 15 is reacted with TMSCl to remove the ester group (16). The amine of 16 is acylated and the carboxylic acid is transformed into an activated ester (17). Treatment of the activated ester with Bu₄NN·, or TMSN-, affords acyl azide 77. Acyl azide 77 is rearranged, yielding a protected aniline (78). The Fmoc protecting group is removed (79), and the resulting aniline is sulfonated with p32

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

O₂NC₆H₄SO₂C1 (80). The sulfonated aniline (80) is removed from the solid support upon reaction with TFA, providing 81. Another embodiment is shown in Figure 40. Figure 46 illustrates sulfonyl chloride building blocks R₂SO₂C1 that may be used in the synthesis of sulfonamide oxazolidinone libraries and compounds as shown in Figure 40, and also may be used in the syntheses shown in Figure 18.

Figure 19 shows another embodiment of the solid phase synthesis methods.

Aniline 79 is reacted with Fmoc-N=C=S to provide protected thiourea 82. The protected thiourea is treated with piperidine, affording a deprotected thiocarbamate (83). Reaction of 83 with 2-bromoacetophenone yields thiazole 84. Treatment of 84 with TFA cleaves the thiazole from the solid support, providing 85.

Figure 20 shows another embodiment of the solid phase synthesis methods. Azide 4 is converted into an iminophosphorane upon treatment with triphenyl phosphine. The iminophosphorane is reacted with BAL resin, providing an imine. The imine is reduced using NaBH₃CN to afford solid support bound amine 15. The ester of 15 is deprotected using TMSC1, yielding a carboxylic acid; the amine is acylated upon reaction with Ac₂O; and, the acid is activated using PfpOCOCF3, yielding 17. Reaction of 17 with aminomalonitrile provides oxazole 86. Treatment of 86 with TFA cleaves the oxazole from the solid support to afford 87.

Figure 21 shows two embodiments of the solid phase synthesis methods.

Compound 17 is treated with HN(OCH₃)CH₃ to provide Weinreb amide 88. Amide 88 is either reduced with LiAlH₄ to afford aldehyde 89 or reacted with MeMgl, a Grignard reagent, to yield ketone 91. Treatment of either aldehyde 89 or ketone 91 with TFA provides, respectively, cleaved products 90 and 92.

Figure 22 shows two embodiments of the solid phase synthesis methods.

Compound 79 is treated with either a dialdehyde to provide morpholine 93 or a diacetal to afford pyrrole 95. Treatment of either morpholine 93 or pyrrole 95 with TFA provides, respectively, cleaved products 94 and 96.

Figure 48, shows building blocks R₂R₃NH and RjCOOH that may be used to make exemplary oxazolidinone compounds of formula lk and libraries thereof.

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0069.tif" />

Synthesis of Oxazolidinone Compounds la w

Oxazolidinone compounds la and precursors thereof may be made by a variety of methods as disclosed herein.

An embodiment of a solid phase synthesis method to make amino alcohols, where R, is an alkyl, is shown in Figure 23. An olefin group is attached to the surface of a solid support (5a) providing the functionalized resin 6a. The olefin can have the following functionality: “m” is 0,1, or 2; “n” is 0,1, or 2; R_lo, R,, R_u, R₂ and R₃ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl. The olefin is chemically modified yielding epoxide 7a. Addition of a substituted amine to the distal carbon of immobilized epoxide 7a affords solid support bound amino alcohol 8a. Solid support bound amino alcohol 8a is treated with a phosgene equivalent providing oxazolidinone 15a, which is cleaved under standard conditions to yield free oxazolidinone 16a. Acylation of 16a yields oxazolidinone 16b.

Another embodiment of the solid phase synthesis method to make oxazolidinones is shown in Figure 24. Immobilized epoxide 12a was treated with aniline in the presence of lithium triflate to provide solid support bound amino alcohol 19a. Reaction of 19a with CDI yielded oxazolidinone 20a. Alternatively, 20a was prepared directly from epoxide 12a upon treatment with a lithium salt of aniline benzylcarbamate. Addition of TFA to oxazolidinone 20a provided free oxazolidinone 21a, which was acetylated to yield acetamide 22a.

Another embodiment of the solid phase synthesis method to make oxazolidinones is shown in Figure 25. PNP Wang Resin (23a) was reacted with allyl amine to provide carbamate 24a. The terminal olefin of carbamate 24a was oxidized with mCPBA to yield immobilized epoxide 12a. Addition of 3-fluoro-4-morpholino aniline to 12a produced amino alcohol 25a, which was cyclized to oxazolidinone 26a upon treatment with CDI. Reaction of 26a with TFA provided free amine 27a. Addition of acetyl chloride to 27a produced acetamide 28a.

Synthesis of Combinatorial Libraries Comprising Oxazolidinones la

One embodiment is methods for the synthesis of combinatorial libraries comprising oxazolidinones la and compositions formed from this method. In one embodiment, oxazolidinones la are compounds of the following structure:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0070.tif" />

ί jctual property.

I C · ' - OF N.Z.

s MAY 2003

-r'SEIVEa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Ο

R A ^K3~N O ^R12 ) ( ^Rll

R₂ R, la where R, is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R₂is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R₃ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; R,, is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl; and R₁₂ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl.

An embodiment of the solid phase method to make oxazolidinone libraries, where R, is an alkyl group, is described in reference to Figure 23. Olefin groups are attached to the surface of a plurality of solid supports 5a providing functionalized resins 6a. The olefin groups can have the following functionality: “m” is 0,1, or 2; “n” is 0,1, or 2; R₂, R₃, R₁₀, R,, and R₁₂ are independently hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl. The individual olefin groups are chemically modified to yield epoxides 7a. Addition of different amine units to the distal carbon of the epoxides 7a affords a plurality of amino alcohols 8a.

A plurality of solid support bound amino alcohols 8a is treated with a phosgene equivalent to provide a plurality of oxazolidinones 15a, which are cleaved under standard conditions to yield the free oxazolidinones 16a.

Another embodiment of the solid phase method to make oxazolidinone libraries is shown in Figures 26 and 27. Carboxylic acid 30a is attached to amine resin 29a to provide amide 31a. Reductive amination of 31a employing amine 32a yields the functionalized amine 33a, which is added to an array of individual reaction chambers. Addition of sulfonyl chloride units to a plurality of amines 33a produces the sulfonamides 34a. The sulfonamides are cleaved from the solid support using standard conditions providing a plurality of free sulfonamides 35a. Addition of carboxylic acid or carboxylic acid derivative units to a plurality of amines 33a produces the amides 36a. The amides 36a are

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0071.tif" />

cleaved from the solid support using standard conditions providing a plurality of free amides 37a. Addition of isocyanate units to a plurality of amines 33a produces the ureas 38a. The ureas 38a are cleaved from the solid support using standard conditions providing a plurality of free ureas 39a.

Another embodiment of the solid phase method to make oxazolidinone libraries is shown in Figure 28. Coupling of α-bromo acetic acid to amine 33a provides amide 40a, which is divided into an array of individual reaction chambers. Nucleophilic addition of thiol units to a plurality of amides 40a yields the α-thio amides 41a, which arc cleaved from the solid support upon treatment with TFA producing a plurality of free a-thio amides 42a. Nucleophilic addition of triphenylphospine to a plurality of amides 40a yields solid support bound Wittig reagents that are coupled with aldehyde units affording a plurality of a, β-unsaturated amides 43a. The amides were cleaved from the solid support upon treatment with TFA to produce a plurality of free a, β-unsaturated amides 44a. Nucleophilic addition of amine units to a plurality of amides 40a yields the a-amino amides 45a, which are cleaved from the solid support upon treatment with TFA producing a plurality of free α-amino amides 46a.

3-(Polysubstituted)oxazolidinones

A variety of 3-(polysubstituted)oxazolidinones are provided, which optionally have biological activity, such as antimicrobial activity.

One embodiment is 3-(polysubstituted)oxazolidinones 2c as well as combinatorial libraries comprising the compounds:

O

Ri

2c

In 2c, in one embodiment:

R$ is acyl or sulfonyl; R7 is aryl or heteroaryl;

<img file="NZ505902A_D0072.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0073.tif" />

Rg is C1-C7 alkyl, NR, 0, S, C(=O)NR, NRC(=O), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO2, SO2NR, NRSO2, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_nO, where n = 0-6, and R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H, or alkyl, such as C,C₇ alkyl, or heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; and

R9 is hydrogen, OH, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl.

Another embodiment is 3-[4-(heteroaryl)aminocarbonylaryl]- oxazolidinones and

3-[4-(N-oxideheteroaryl)aminocarbonylaryl]-oxazolidinones.

In one embodiment of 2c:

R$ is C(=O)R, where R is a substituent, for example, H or alkyl, such as C,C, alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R7 is aryl;

Rg is an amide group, such as NH(C=O) or NR’(C=O), where R’ is a . substituent, for example, H, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or alkyl, such as C,-C, alkyl, such as methyl; and

R9 is hydrogen or a heteroaryl group, such as an unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group, wherein the heteroaryl group is for example pyridinyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolinyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, or 1,3,4thiadiazolyl.

For example, compounds of formula 2d:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0074.tif" />

2d wherein

<img file="NZ505902A_D0075.tif" />

.ntellectual property OFFICE OF N.Z.

5 MAY 2003 HECEJVES

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

R9 is hydrogen or an unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group, such as pyridinyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolinyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, or 1,3,4-thiadiazolyi; and

R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as 5 C,-C₇ alkyl, such as methyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Exemplary compounds are shown below.

In one embodiment the following nine preferred compounds are provided, which have an MIC against S. aureus of about 0.5 to 1 pg/mL using a standard whole cell assay as disclosed herein.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0076.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0077.tif" />

Cl

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/0I318

<img file="NZ505902A_D0078.tif" />

Ο

<img file="NZ505902A_D0079.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0080.tif" />

ο

Ν^°

Ν ι ^&gt;V-^NHAc

The following nine compounds also are provided that have an MIC against S. aureus of about 2 to 4 pg/mL using a standard whole cell assay as disclosed herein.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0081.tif" />

^Nk&gt;_Vx.NHAc

MeO

<img file="NZ505902A_D0082.tif" />

O

NHAc

Printed from Mimosa

PCT/US99/O1318

WO 99/37630

<img file="NZ505902A_D0083.tif" />

NHAc

Me

<img file="NZ505902A_D0084.tif" />

_N^°

-Vi^NHAc „ VA-n\° r Vnh \-V-^nhac &amp; j

EtS

<img file="NZ505902A_D0085.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0086.tif" />

N vJ^-NHAc

<img file="NZ505902A_D0087.tif" />

N

NHAc

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Also provided are the following compounds.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0088.tif" />

O’

<img file="NZ505902A_D0089.tif" />

Other exemplary oxazolidinone compounds within the scope of the invention are 15 shown below:

MeO

II

-SII o

R 0

-ΝΜβ-ΛΛ-Ν^?

\=/ ^‘V'NHAc

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0090.tif" />

” Ο

Me-S-NH

II

Ο

<img file="NZ505902A_D0091.tif" />

Ο // νΛ&gt;

^A^NHAc

MeO — C b

IN J ^V-NHAc &lt;^NVC-HN^

<img file="NZ505902A_D0092.tif" />

A_o

N j ^-'VNHAc a-l fe o

fe ^A^NHAc

Also described are 3-(aminocarbonyl)oxazolidinones of formula 2c, wherein:

Rg is an acyl group, such as C(=O)R, where R is a substituent, for example, H or alkyl, such as 0,-0, alkyl, including methyl, or e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R7 is aryl;

Rg is NH(C=O); and R9 is hydrogen or OH;

Exemplary compounds are shown below:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0093.tif" />

.'.'NTcLL^CTL'AL PROPERTY OFFICE OF N.Z.

5 MAY 2003 QEGtefiVES

HO-HN

In one embodiment the following compound is provided, which has an MIC against

S. aureus of about 0.5 gg/mL using a standard whole cell assay as disclosed herein.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0094.tif" />

3-f(Substituted)aryll oxazolidinones

A variety of 3-[(substituted)aryl] oxazolidinones are provided, which optionally are biologically active, for example as antimicrobial compounds.

In one embodiment are oxazolidinones of formula 3c, and combinatorial libraries comprising compounds of formula 3c:

Rj R3 O

R4 R5

3c

In one embodiment in 3c:

Rj, Rj, R&lt; and Rj are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaiyl or an electron withdrawing group;

R« is acyl or sulfonyl;

⁴³ I

I Oi-f-ICE OF N.Z.

¹ 5 MAY 2003 ll .5

<img file="NZ505902A_D0095.tif" />

Rg is C1-C7 alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, NRC(O), C(=0), C(=0)0, d’C(=O)Y S(=0), SO2, SO2NR, NRSO2, NRCONR’, or (CH2)_n0, where n = 0-6, and where R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; and

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl.

A further embodiment is 3-[4-(alkylthio)aryl] oxazolidinones. For example, compounds of formula 3c are provided, wherein:

R₂, R₃, R( and Rj are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group;

R^ is acyl, such as C(=O)CH3;

R7 is an aryl group;

Rg is thio group, such as S; and

R9 is a heteroalkyl group.

In another embodiment are compounds of formula 3d:

NHCOR'

3d wherein

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

R’ is a substituent, for example, H or alkyl, such as 0,-(^ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

:N7cLL~C7UAL PROPERTY OFFICE OF N.Z.

5 MAY 2003

Exemplary compounds are shown below.

In one preferred embodiment, the following three compounds have an MIC against S. aureus of about 2 gg/mL using a standard whole cell assay as disclosed herein.

NC

<img file="NZ505902A_D0096.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0097.tif" />

O

<img file="NZ505902A_D0098.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0099.tif" />

N^° vA^NHAe

Cl

<img file="NZ505902A_D0100.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0101.tif" />

NHAc

In one preferred embodiment, the following four compounds have an

MIC against S. aureus of about 8 gg/mL using a standard whole cell assay as disclosed herein.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0102.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0103.tif" />

^NvJ_VxNHAc

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY t Oi-FICt OF N.z. I 1 5 MAY 2003

B E G £ S V E $ ο

ιι

EtO-P-

<img file="NZ505902A_D0104.tif" />

Ν v-J^NHAc

OEt

MeO

<img file="NZ505902A_D0105.tif" />

N^° vA^NHAc

Also described are the following compounds:

F. 0

NHAc

F. O ,-Η-Λ?

MeO,NHAc

<img file="NZ505902A_D0106.tif" />

NHAc

In another embodiment are 3-[4-(ester group)aryl] oxazolidinones useful as antimicrobial agents. For example in compounds of formula 3c:

R.j, R„ R and R are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group;

<img file="NZ505902A_D0107.tif" />

is an acyl group, such as 0(=0)0¾;

R.8 is an ester, such as OC(=O); and

R9 is an alkyl group, such as a C,-C, alkyl group.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0108.tif" />

In one embodiment are compounds of structure 3e:

F.

O

R₉-O—C

II

<img file="NZ505902A_D0109.tif" />

NHCOR'

3e wherein

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

R’ is a substituent, for example, H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Exemplary compounds are shown below:

NHAc t-BuO

3-f(Substituted)heteroaryl1 oxazolidinones

In another embodiment are a variety of 3-[(substituted)heteroaryl] oxazolidinones, which optionally are biologically active, for example, as antimicrobial compounds.

EC7UAL PROPE OFFICE OF N.Z.

“UAL PROPERTY

5 MAY 2003 EaEGEIVEE

<img file="NZ505902A_D0110.tif" />

In one embodiment are compounds of the formula 4c, and combinatorial libraries thereof:

Rg Re Het·) N

<img file="NZ505902A_D0111.tif" />

NH-Re

4c

In one embodiment of 4c:

R is acyl or sulfonyl;

Het j is heterocyclic group such as an unsubstituted or substituted heteroaryl group, such as thienylphenyl, thiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, or pyrimidinyl;

Rg is C1-C7 alkyl, NR O, S, C(=O)NR C(=O)NOR NRC(=O), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO2, SO2NR, NRSO2, NRCONR’, or (CH2)_nO, where n = 0-6, and R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently, H, or alkyl, such as C,-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; and

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl.

In 4c, substituents on the heteroaryl group Hetj are, for example, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, ΝΟ2» NR”R’”,

OH, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R’”, N(R”)C(=O)R”’, or N-oxide group in the Hetj nuclei, and R” and R’” are substituents, for example are independently H or alkyl, such as Cj-Cj alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

3-[4-(Linked heteroaryl)aryl] oxazolidinones

In a further embodiment, 3-[4-(linked heteroaryl)aryl] oxazolidinones optionally have biological activity, for example, as antimicrobial compounds.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0112.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0113.tif" />

For example, compounds of the formula 5c, and combinatorial libraries thereof:

5c

In one embodiment of 5c:

R₂, R₃, R&lt; and Rj are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group;

R$ is acyl or sulfonyl;

Rg is C^Cy alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, NRC(=O), C(=O)NOR C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_nO, where n = 0-6, and R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; and

Het₂ is a heterocyclic group, such as an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic group, such as an oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, thienylphenyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyi, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyI, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, or 1,2,4,5tetrazinyl;

wherein substituents in heteroaryl group Het₂ are, for example, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, CI, CN, NO₂, NR”R”\ OH, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R’”, N(R”)C(=O)R”’, or N-oxide group in

<img file="NZ505902A_D0114.tif" />

the Het2 nuclei, where R” and R’” are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, 3-[4-(linked heteroaryl)aryl] oxazolidinones optionally have 5 antimicrobial activity, of formula 5c wherein:

R₂, Rj, R&lt; and R_s are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group;

R^ is acyl, for example, C(=0)CH3;

R7 is an aryl group;

Rg is a thio group, such as S; and

Het2 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienylphenyl or thiazolyl heteroaryl group.

Also described are compounds of structure 5d:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0115.tif" />

O

NHCOR'

5d wherein

Het2 is a substituted or unsubstituted thienylphenyl or thiazolyl heteroaryl group; and

R’ is a substituent, for example, H or alkyl, such as C_t-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Exemplary compounds are shown below:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0116.tif" />

NHAc property

Oh-t-ICE OF N.Z.

⁷ 5 MAY 2C03

E G !£ $ V ρ q

<img file="NZ505902A_D0117.tif" />

NHAc

In another embodiment, 3-[4-(triazinylamino)aryl] oxazolidinones are optionally 5 antimicrobial compounds. For example, compounds of formula 5c are provided wherein:

R₂, R₃, R, and Rj are, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl or an electron withdrawing group;

is acyl, such as C(=O)CH3;

Rg is amino group, such as NH; and

Het2 is 1,3,5-triazinyl.

Additionally described are compounds of structure 5e:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0118.tif" />

wherein

Het2 is a unsubstituted or substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl; and

R’ is a substituenq for example, H or alkyl, such as Cj-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Exemplary compounds are shown below:

NH₂ F. O

Cl

<img file="NZ505902A_D0119.tif" />

fc Hi κ·

<img file="NZ505902A_D0120.tif" />

Ο

Ν &gt;Ό v-R,NHAc

Ο

<img file="NZ505902A_D0121.tif" />

NHAc

<img file="NZ505902A_D0122.tif" />

3-[4-(Linked heteroaryl)heteroaryll oxazolidinones

In another embodiment, 3-[4-(linked heteroaryl)heteroaryl] oxazolidinones are optionally biologically active, for example, as antimicrobial compounds.

For example, compounds of formula 6c, and combinatorial libraries thereof:

Xo

Hetz-Re-Heti-N^j^^ NH-FR

6c

In one embodiment of 6c:

R is acyl or sulfonyl;

Rg is C1-C7 alkyl, NR O, S, C(=0)NR NRC(=O), C(=O)NOR C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO2, SO2NR NRSO2, NRCONR’, or (CH^nO. where n = 0-6, and R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C, alkyl, or, eg., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

Hetj is a heterocyclic group such as an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic group, for example, thienylphenyl, thiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyI, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenyl or fluorophenyl;

<img file="NZ505902A_D0123.tif" />

OrHCE OF N.Z.

¹ 5 MAY 2003 tt 1G 3 V ϊ π

<img file="NZ505902A_D0124.tif" />

wherein substituents in heteroaryl group Hetj are independently, for example, hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN,

NO2, NR”R”’, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”,

OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R”’, N(R”)C(=O)R”’, or N-oxide group in the Het! nuclei, where R” and R”’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl; and

Het₂ is an unsubstituted or substituted heterocyclic preferably heteroaryl group, such as an oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3oxadiazolyl, thienylphenyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl,

1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-triazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, or 1,2,4,5-tetrazinyl;

wherein substituents in heteroaryl group Het₂ are independently, for example, hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂, NR,R_y, OH, OR,, SR„ S(=O)R,, SO₂R^ C(=O)R„ C(=O)OR,, 0C(=O)R„ C(=O)NR,Ry, N(RJC(=O)Ry, or N-oxide group in the Het₂ nuclei, where R, and Ry are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

3-(Substituted pyridyl)oxazolidinones

Also described are 3-(substituted pyridyl)oxazolidinones, which are optionally biologically active, for example as antimicrobial compounds.

In one embodiment are compounds of the formulas 7c or 8c and combinatorial libraries thereof:

Rto Q

R,

R12 R11

<img file="NZ505902A_D0125.tif" />

7c

<img file="NZ505902A_D0126.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0127.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0128.tif" />

In one embodiment, in 7c and 8c: is acyl or sulfonyl;

Rg is Cj-Cy alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(MD), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_nO, wherein n = 0-6, and wherein R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as 0,-0, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

RlO, Rl 1 and Rj₂ are, for example, independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂, NR”R”’, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R’”, N(R”)C(=0)R”’, or N-oxide group in the pyridine nuclei, where R” and R’” are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as Cj-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

3-(Substituted pyrimidinyl)oxazolidinones

A variety of 3-(substituted pyrimidinyl)oxazolidinones optionally have biological activity, such as antimicrobial activity.

In one embodiment are compounds of the formulas 9c and 10c, as well as combinatorial libraries thereof:

⁷ 5 MAY 2003 •25

Rg—Re

<img file="NZ505902A_D0129.tif" />

Rn

<img file="NZ505902A_D0130.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0131.tif" />

R11

10c

In one embodiment of 9c and 10c: is acyl or sulfonyl;

Rg is C1-C7 alkyl group, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(=O), C(=O),

C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO2, SO2NR, NRSO2, NRCONR’, or (CH2)_nO, where n = 0-6, and where R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl; and

RjO and Rj 1 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO2, NR”R’”, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO2R”, C(=O)R”,

C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R’”,N(R”XX=O)R”’, orN-oxide group in the pyrimidine nuclei, where R” and R’” are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as Cj-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

3-(Thienyl)oxazolidinones

A variety of 3-(thienyl)oxazolidinones optionally have biological activity, such as antimicrobial activity.

In one embodiment are compounds of formulas 11c, 12c and 13c, and combinatorial libraries thereof:

<img file="NZ505902A_D0132.tif" />

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Rg^-^^-TA— Λ?

s-γ \A^nh-r,

Rn

11c

<img file="NZ505902A_D0133.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0134.tif" />

In one embodiment of formulas 11c, 12c and 13c:

R is acyl or sulfonyl;

Rg is Cj-Cy alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(=O), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO₂, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_nO, where n = 0-6, and where R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;

R9 is an alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl group; and

Rjq and Rj j are independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂,NR”R”’, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R’ 20 C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R’”, N(R”)C(=O)R”’, where R” and R’” are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

Printed from Mimosa

-(Thiazolyl)oxazolidinones

Also described are 3-(thiazolyl)oxazolidinones, which optionally have biological activity, such as antimicrobial activity.

In one embodiment are compounds of formulas 14c, 15c and 16c, and combinatorial libraries thereof:

R₉-R₈

Sy^_NJ_V/NH-R₆

R-ίο

14c

15c f’° n Α_κΛ°

16c

In one embodiment of 14c, 15c and 16c: is acyl or sulfonyl;

Rg is Cj-C₇ alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=0)N0R, NRC(=0), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO2, SO2NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH₂)_nO. wherein n = 0-6, and wherein R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C1-C7 alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aiyl or heteroaryl;

R9 is an alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl group; and

<img file="NZ505902A_D0135.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0136.tif" />

<img file="NZ505902A_D0137.tif" />

RlO is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, electron withdrawing group, F, Cl, CN, NO₂, NR”R’”, OR”, SR”, S(=O)R”, SO₂R”, C(=O)R”, C(=O)OR”, OC(=O)R”, C(=O)NR”R”’, or N(R”)C(=O)R”’, where R” and R”’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as C,-C₇ alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.

3-( 1,3,4-Thiadiazolyl)oxazolidinones

A variety of 3-(l,3,4-thiadiazolyl)oxazolidinones have biological activity, such as antimicrobial activity.

In one embodiment are compounds of formula 17c and combinatorial libraries thereof:

R₉-Re-fV_NAo

17c

In one embodiment of 17c:

R« is acyl or sulfonyl;

Rg is C1-C7 alkyl, NR, O, S, C(=O)NR, C(=O)NOR, NRC(=O), C(=O), C(=O)O, OC(=O), S(=O), SO2, SO₂NR, NRSO₂, NRCONR’, or (CH^O, where n = 0-6, and where R and R’ are substituents, for example, independently H or alkyl, such as Cj-C, alkyl, or, e.g., heteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaiyl; and

R9 is alkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, or heteroaryl.

Synthesis of 3-(Heteroaryl)Oxazolidinones

3-(Heteroaiyl)oxazoli&lt;iinones and other oxazolidinones may be synthesized by a variety of routes as disclosed herein. In one embodimenL the synthesis may be conducted as shown in Figure 49, wherein the synthesis includes: reaction of an appropriate heteroaryl halide with 3-aminopropane-l,2-diol; cyclization of the resulting (heteroaryl)aminodiol with phosgene or equivalent; conversion of 5-(R)-hydroxymethyl-3⁷ 5 MAY 2003 £2 E G E S V F i'H)

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 heteroaryloxazolidinone into resin immobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-heteroaryl oxazolidinone. Further reaction of this reagent produces the desired oxazolidinone.

In another embodiment, which is illustrated in Figure 50, the 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3heteroaryloxazolidinone reagent is produced from an appropriate heteroarylhalide and 5(S)-azidomethyloxazoIidinone or equivalent thereof in the presence of a base. The resulting azide or amine intermediate is then immobilized on a BAL linker resin. Further reaction of the X group and or the amine group attached to the solid phase provides an array of desired 3-heteroaryioxazoIidones.

As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, using these and other methods disclosed herein, based on the teachings of the specification, the oxazolidinones disclosed herein can be readily synthesized.

Combinatorial Library Synthesis

Combinatorial library synthesis is typically performed on a solid support. See, for example, Lam et al. (1991) Nature 354:82-84; and Houghten et al. (1991) Nature 354:8486. There are two general technologies for the construction of combinatorial libraries: “mix and split” technology and “multiple parallel synthesis” technology.

For the “mix and split” technology, a large number of beads or particles are suspended in a suitable carrier (such as a solvent) in a parent container. The beads, for example, are provided with a functionalized point of attachment for a chemical module. The beads are then divided and placed in various separate reaction vessels. The first chemical module is attached to the bead, providing a variety of differently substituted solid supports. Where the first chemical module includes 3 different members, the resulting substituted beads can be represented as A„ A₂ and A₃.

The beads are washed to remove excess reagents and subsequently remixed in the parent container. This bead mixture is again divided and placed into various separate reaction vessels. The second chemical module is coupled to the first chemical module. Where the second chemical module includes 3 different members, B„ B₂ and B₃,9 differently substituted beads result: A,B_b A,B₂. Α,Β₃,Α₂Β„ A₂B₂, A₂B₃, Α₃Β„ A₃B₂ and A₃B₃. Each bead will have only a single type of molecule attached to its surface.

The remixing/redivision synthetic process can be repeated until each of the different chemical modules has been incorporated into the molecule attached to the solid

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 support. Through this method, large numbers of individual compounds can be rapidly and efficiently synthesized. For instance, where there are 4 different chemical modules, and where each chemical module contains 20 members, 160,000 beads of different molecular substitution can be produced.

Combinatorial library synthesis using the “mix and split” technology can be performed either manually or through the use of an automated process. For the manual construction of a combinatorial library, a scientist would perform the various chemical manipulations. For the construction of a combinatorial library through an automated process, the various chemical manipulations will typically be performed robotically. For example, see U.S. Patent No. 5,463,564.

For the “multiple parallel synthesis” technology, beads or particles are suspended in a suitable carrier (such as a solvent) in an array of reaction chambers. The beads or particles are provided with a functionalized point of attachment for a chemical module. Different members of a chemical module are added to each individual reaction chamber, providing an array of differently functionalized beads. Where there are 96 separate reaction chambers and 96 different chemical module members, a combinatorial library of 96 compounds is formed. The compounds can be assayed on the solid support, cleaved from the solid support and then assayed, or subjected to the addition of another chemical module.

Combinatorial library synthesis using the “multiple parallel synthesis” technology can be performed either manually or through the use of an automated process. For the manual construction of a combinatorial library, a scientist would perform the various chemical manipulations. For the construction of a combinatorial library through an automated process, the various chemical manipulations will typically be performed robotically.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

Solid Supports

The solid phase synthesis of the compositions provided herein in one embodiment is performed on a solid support. “Solid support” includes an insoluble substrate that has been appropriately derivatized such that a chemical module can be attached to the surface of the substrate through standard chemical methods. Solid supports include, but are not limited to, beads and particles such as peptide synthesis resins. For example, see Merrifield (1963) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2154; U.S. Patent No. 4,631,211; and Geysen et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:3998-4002.

Solid supports can consist of many materials, limited primarily by the capacity of the material to be functionalized through synthetic methods. Examples of such materials include, but are not limited to, polymers, plastics, resins, polysaccharides, silicon or silica based materials, carbon, metals, inorganic glasses and membranes. Preferred resins include Sasrin resin (a polystyrene resin available from Bachem Bioscience, Switzerland), Wang resin or p-nitrophenylcarbonate Wang resin (PNP resin, Novabiochem), and TentaGel S AC, TentaGel PHB, or TentaGel S NH₂ resin (polystyrene-polyethylene glycol copolymer resins available from Rapp Polymere, Tubingen, Germany or from Perseptive, Boston).

The solid support can be purchased with suitable functionality already present such that a chemical module can be attached to the support surface (e.g., Novabiochem, Bachem Bioscience, Rapp Polymere). Alternatively, the solid support can be chemically modified such that a chemical module can be attached to the support surface. Grant (1992) Synthetic Peptides. A User's Guide, W.H. Freeman and Co.; and Hermkens et al. (1996)

Tetrahedron 52:4527-4554. One of ordinary skill in the art will understand that the choice of functionality used for attaching a molecule to the solid support will depend on the nature of the compound to be synthesized and the type of solid support. Examples of functionality present on the solid support that can be used to attach a chemical module include, but are not limited to, alkyl or aryl halides, aldehydes, alcohols, carbonates, ketones, amines, sulfides, carboxyl groups, aldehyde groups and sulfonyl groups.

The functional group on the solid support that permits the attachment of a chemical module is, for example, an alcohol, an amine, an aldehyde, a carbonate, or a diol group.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Gordon etal. (1994) J. Med. Chem. 37:1385-1401; and Hermkens et al. (1996) Tetrahedron 52:4527-4554.

For making certain combinatorial libraries, one can purchase a solid support with an existing, protected chemical module already attached. An example of such a support is FmocGly Sasrin, which is commercially available from Bachem. Typically, however, the first step of the combinatorial library synthesis is the attachment of a chemical module to the solid support through the existing functionality on the support surface. Examples of chemical reactions that can be used to attach a chemical module to the support include, but are not limited to, nucleophilic displacement of a halide or other leaving group, etherification of an alcohol, esterification of an alcohol, amidation of an amine, carbamation of an amine, reductive amination of a carbonyl compound, acetalization of an aldehyde and ketalization of a ketone. Hermkens et al. (1996) Tetrahedron 52:4527-4554.

The reaction used to attach the chemical module to the solid support is, for example, a carbamation of an amine, a reductive amination of a carbonyl compound or a nucleophilic displacement of a halide or other leaving group. For example, see Hermkens et al. (1996).

For the attachment of certain chemical modules to the solid support, it may be necessary to mask functionality that is not involved in the attachment process, but that is incompatible with the mode of attachment. A non-limiting example of this type of process is the esterification of an alcohol functionalized solid support, using a hydroxyl-substituted carboxylic acid as the coupling partner. Prior to the esterification reaction, the hydroxyl group of the carboxylic acid would be “protected” through alkylation, silylation, acetylation, or through another method known to one of skill in the art. Strategies for the use of masking or protecting groups have been well-described in the art, such as in Green (1985) Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley.

Methods of Compound Cleavage from a Solid Support

The cleavage of oxazolidinones from a solid support to produce the corresponding “free” compounds can be accomplished using a variety of methods. For example, a compound can be photolytically cleaved from a solid support (Wang et al. (1976) J. Org. Chem. 41:3258; Rich et al. (1975) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 97:1575-1579), and through nucleophilic attack (U.S. Patent No. 5,549,974), or through hydrolysis (Hutchins et al.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 (1994) Tetrahedron Lett. 35:4055-4058). The cleavage of compounds from a solid support to produce soluble compounds is accomplished, for example, using hydrolytic conditions, such as through the addition of trifluoroacetic acid.

Screening

The libraries of this invention can be used to select one or more bioactive molecules. Preferably, the bioactive molecules possess activity against a cellular target, including but not limited to enzymes and receptors, or a microorganism. A target cellular ligand or microorganism is one that is known or believed to be of importance in the etiology or progression of a disease. Examples of disease states for which amino alcohol, thio alcohol, oxazolidinone and sulfone libraries can be screened include, but are not limited to, inflammation, infection, hypertension, central nervous system disorders, and cardiovascular disorders.

Several methods have been developed in recent years to screen libraries of compounds to identify bioactive molecules. Methods for isolating library compound species that demonstrate desirable affinity for a receptor or enzyme are well-known in the art.

For example, an enzyme solution can be mixed with a solution of the compounds of a particular combinatorial library under conditions favorable to enzyme-ligand binding. See Bush et al. (1993) Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 37:851-858; and Daub et al. (1989) Biochemistry 27:3701-3708. Specific binding of library compounds to the enzyme can be detected, for instance, by any of the numerous enzyme inhibition assays which are well known in the art. Compounds which are bound to the enzyme are separated readily from compounds which remain free in solution by applying the solution to a suitable separation material such as Sephadex G-25 gel filtration column. Free enzyme and enzyme-ligand complexes pass through the column quickly, while free library compounds are retarded in their progress through the column. The mixture of enzymeligand complex and free enzyme is then treated with a suitable denaturing agent, such as guanidinium hydrochloride or urea, to cause release of the ligand from the enzyme. The solution is then injected onto an HPLC column (for example, a Vydac C-4 reverse-phase column, and eluted with a gradient of water and acetonitrile ranging from 0% acetonitrile to 80% acetonitrile). Diode array detection provides discrimination of the compounds of

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 the combinatorial library from the enzyme. The compound peaks are then collected and subjected to mass spectrometry for identification.

An alternate manner of identifying compounds that inhibit an enzyme is to divide the library into separate sublibraries where one step in the synthesis is unique to each sublibrary. To generate a combinatorial library, reactants are mixed together during a step to generate a wide mixture of compounds. At a certain step in the synthesis, however, the resin bearing the synthetic intermediates is divided into several portions, with each portion then undergoing a unique transformation. The resin portions are then (separately) subjected to the rest of the synthetic steps in the combinatorial synthetic method. Each individual resin portion thus constitutes a separate sublibrary. When testing the compounds, if a given sublibrary shows more activity than the other sublibraries, the unique step of that sublibrary is then held fixed. The sublibrary then becomes the new library, with that step fixed, and forms the basis for another round of sublibrary synthesis, where a different step in the synthesis is optimized. This procedure is executed at each step until a final compound is arrived at. The aforementioned method is the generalization of the method described in Gey sen, WO 86/00991, for determining peptide “mimotopes,” to the synthetic method of this invention.

Finding a compound that inhibits an enzyme is performed most readily with free compound in solution. The compounds can also be screened while still bound to the resin used for synthesis; in some applications, this may be the preferable mode of finding compounds with the desired characteristics. For example, if a compound that binds to a specific antibody is desired, the resin-bound library of compounds is contacted with an antibody solution under conditions favoring a stable antibody-compound-resin complex.

A fluorescently labeled second antibody that binds to the constant region of the first antibody is then contacted with the antibody-compound-resin complex. This allows identification of a specific bead as carrying the compound recognized by the first antibody binding site. The bead is then physically removed from the resin mixture and subjected to mass spectral analysis. If the synthesis is conducted in a manner such that only one compound is likely to be synthesized on a particular bead, then the binding compound has been identified. If the synthesis is carried out so that many compounds are present on a

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 single bead, the information derived from analysis can be utilized to narrow the synthetic choices for the next round of synthesis and identification.

The enzyme, antibody, or receptor target need not be in solution. Antibody or enzyme can be immobilized on a column. The library of compounds is then passed over the column, resulting in the retention of strongly binding compounds on the column after weaker-binding and non-binding compounds are washed away. The column is then washed under conditions that dissociate protein-ligand binding, which removes the compounds retained in the initial step. These compounds are then analyzed, and synthesized separately in quantity for further testing. Similarly, cells bearing surface receptors are contacted with a solution of library compounds. The cells bearing bound compounds are readily separated from the solution containing non-binding compounds.

The cells are then washed with a solution which dissociates the bound ligand from the cell surface receptor. Again, the cells are separated from the solution, and the solution analyzed.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions which comprise a bioactive oxazolidinone compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compositions of the invention include those in a form adapted for oral, topical or parenteral use and can be used for the treatment of bacterial infection in mammals including humans.

The antibiotic compounds, also referred to herein as antimicrobial compounds, according to the invention can be formulated for administration in any convenient way for use in human or veterinary medicine, by analogy with other antibiotics. Such methods are known in the art and are not described in detail herein.

The composition can be formulated for administration by any route known in the art, such as subdermal, by-inhalation, oral, topical or parenteral. The compositions may be in any form known in the art, including but not limited to tablets, capsules, powders, granules, lozenges, creams or liquid preparations, such as oral or sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions.

The topical formulations of the present invention can be presented as, for instance, ointments, creams or lotions, eye ointments and eye or ear drops, impregnated dressings

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 and aerosols, and may contain appropriate conventional additives such as preservatives, solvents to assist drug penetration and emollients in ointments and creams.

The formulations may also contain compatible conventional earners, such as cream or ointment bases and ethanol or oleyl alcohol for lotions. Such carriers may be present, for example, from about 1% up to about 98% of the formulation. For example, they may form up to about 80% of the formulation.

Tablets and capsules for oral administration may be in unit dose presentation form, and may contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, for example syrup, acacia, gelatin, sorbitol, tragacanth, or polyvinylpyrollidone; fillers, for example lactose, sugar, maize-starch, calcium phosphate, sorbitol or glycine; tabletting lubricants, for example magnesium stearate, talc, polyethylene glycol or silica; disintegrants, for example potato starch; or acceptable wetting agents such as sodium lauryl sulphate. The tablets may be coated according to methods will known in normal pharmaceutical practice.

Oral liquid preparations may be in the form of, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs, or may be presented as a dry product for reconstitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may contain conventional additives, such as suspending agents, for example sorbitol, methyl cellulose, glucose syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminium stearate gel or hydrogenated edible fats, emulsifying agents, for example lecithin, sorbitan monooleate, or acacia; non-aqueous vehicles (which may include edible oils), for example almond oil, oily esters such as glycerine, propylene glycol, or ethyl alcohol; preservatives, for example methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate or sorbic acid, and, if desired, conventional flavoring or coloring agents.

For parenteral administration, fluid unit dosage forms are prepared utilizing the compound and a sterile vehicle, water being preferred. The compound, depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can be either suspended or dissolved in the vehicle or other suitable solvent. In preparing solutions, the compound can be dissolved in water for injection and filter sterilized before filling into a suitable vial or ampoule and sealing. Advantageously, agents such as a local anesthetic preservative and buffering agents can be dissolved in the vehicle. To enhance the stability, the composition can be frozen after filling into the vial and the water removed under vacuum. The dry lyophilized powder is

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 then sealed in the vial and an accompanying vial of water for injection may be supplied to reconstitute the liquid prior to use. Parenteral suspensions are prepared in substantially the same manner except that the compound is suspended in the vehicle instead of being dissolved and sterilization cannot be accomplished by filtration. The compound can be sterilized by exposure to ethylene oxide before suspending in the sterile vehicle. Advantageously, a surfactant or wetting agent is included in the composition to facilitate uniform distribution of the compound.

The compositions may contain, for example, from about 0.1% by weight, e.g., from about 10-60% by weight, of the active material, depending on the method of administration. Where the compositions comprise dosage units, each unit will contain, for example, from about 50-500 mg of the active ingredient. The dosage as employed for adult human treatment will range, for example, from about 100 to 3000 mg per day, for instance 1500 mg per day depending on the route and frequency of administration. Such a dosage corresponds to about 1.5 to 50 mg/kg per day. Suitably the dosage is, for example, from about 5 to 20 mg/kg per day.

Pharmaceutical Applications

The oxazolidinones disclosed herein can be used in a variety of pharmaceutical applications.

The compounds may be used, for example, as pharmaceutically active agents that act on the peripheral nerves, adrenergic receptors, cholinergic receptors, the skeletal muscles, the cardiovascular system, smooth muscles, the blood circulatory system, synoptic sites, neuroeffector junctional sites, endocrine and hormone systems, the immunological system, the reproductive system, the skeletal system, autocoid systems, the alimentary and excretory systems, the histamine system and central nervous systems as well as other biological systems. Thus, the compounds may be used as sedatives, psychic energizers, tranquilizers, anticonvulsants, muscle relaxants, anti-Parkinson agents, analgesics, antiinflammatories, local anesthetics, muscle contractants, antibiotic, antiviral, antiretroviral, antimalarials, diuretics, lipid regulating agents, antiandrogenic agents, antiparasitics, neoplasties, antineoplastics and chemotherapy agents. These compounds could further be used to treat cardiovascular diseases, central nervous system diseases, cancer, metabolic disorders, infections and dermatological diseases as well as other

Printed from Mimosa

<img file="NZ505902A_D0138.tif" />

biological disorders and infections. The compounds also may be used as monoamine oxidase inhibitors.

In one embodiment, the compounds may be used as antimicrobial agents for the treatment of infectious disorders that are caused by microbial agents, such as bacteria.

In one embodiment, compositions, for treating or preventing infectious disorders are provided, comprising an oxazolidone compound as disclosed herein in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In another embodiment, there is provided a dosage amount of an oxazolidinone as disclosed herein in an effective amount for the treatment, prevention or alleviation of a disorder, such as an infectious disorder.

Oxazolidinones can be screened for activity against different microbial agents and appropriate dosages may be determined using methods available in the art Advantageously, the methods of making combinatorial libraries as disclosed herein permit large quantities of oxazolidinones to be made and screened against a wide variety of microbial agents to permit the rapid isolation of an effective oxazolidinone for a particular target microbe. The method also may be used to determine new oxazolidinones for use after and if bacterial resistance occurs.

The compounds may be used to treat a subject to treat, prevent, or reduce the severity of an infection. Subjects include animals, plants, blood products, cultures and surfaces such as those of medical or research equipmenk such as glass, needles and tubing.

Also described are methods of treating or preventing an infectious disorder in a subject, such as a human or animal subject, by administering an effective amount of an oxazolidinone as disclosed herein to the subject In one embodiment, the compound is administered in a pharmaceutically acceptable form optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein, an infectious disorder is any disorder characterized by the presence of a microbial infection, such as bacterial infections. Such infectious disorders include, for example central nervous system infections, external ear infections, infections of the middle ear, such as acute otitis media, infections of the cranial sinuses, eye infections, infections of the oral cavity, such as infections of the teeth, gums and mucosa, upper respiratory tract infections, lower respiratory tract infections, genitourinary infections, gastrointestinal infections, ⁶⁸^{1 5} MAY 2C03 β E S GI If κ

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 gynecological infections, septicemia, bone and joint infections, skin and skin structure infections, bacterial endocarditis, bums, antibacterial prophylaxis of surgery, and antibacterial prophylaxis in immunosuppressed patients, such as patients receiving cancer chemotherapy, or organ transplant patients. The compounds and compositions comprising the compounds can be administered by routes such as topically, locally or systemically.

Systemic application includes any method of introducing the compound into the tissues of the body, e.g., intrathecal, epidural, intramuscular, transdermal, intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, sublingual, rectal, and oral administration. The specific dosage of antimicrobial to be administered, as well as the duration of treatment, may be adjusted as needed.

The compounds of the invention may be used for the treatment or prevention of infectious disorders caused by a variety of bacterial organisms. Examples include Gram positive and Gram negative aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, including Staphylococci, for example £. aureus; Enterococci, for example E. faecalis; Streptococci, for example £ pneumoniae; Haemophilus, for example H. influenza; Moraxella, for example M.

catarrhalis; and Escherichia, for example E. coli. Other examples include Mycobacteria, for example M. tuberculosis; intercellular microbes, for example Chlamydia and Rickettsiae; and Mycoplasma, for example M. pneumoniae.

The following examples are provided to illustrate but not limit the claimed invention.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

EXAMPLES

Abbreviations: ACN, acetonitrile; CDI, carbonyldiimidazole; DIEA, diethylisopropylamine; DCM, dichloromethane; DIC, diisopropyldiimide; DMF, dimethylformamide; HATU, O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1 -yl)-1,1,3,3-bis(tetramethylene)uronium hexafluorophosphate; ΝΜΜ,Ν-methyl morpholine; znCPBA, w-chloroperoxybenzoic acid; TFA, trifluoroacetic acid; THF, tetrahydrofuran; TMOF, trimethylorthoformate.

General. Reagents were obtained from Aldrich (St. Louis, MO), Sigma (St. Louis, MO), Bachem Biosciences, Rapp Polymere, Perseptive, and Novabiochem, and used without further purification. The resin Tentagel S NTi was purchased from Rapp Polymere. Concentration of solutions after workup was performed by reduced pressure rotary evaporation, or using the Savant's SpeedVac instrument. Reactions with moisturesensitive reagents were performed under nitrogen atmosphere.

Mass-spectra were obtained using ESI technique. HTLC analysis and purification were performed using Beckman System Gold R®; detection at 220 nm. Analytical EPLC was performed on YMC 5 micron Cl8 (4.6 mm x 50 mm) reverse phase column (gradient from 100% of the aq. 0.1 % TFA to 100% of 0.1 % TFA in MECN over 6 min', flow rate 2.0 mL/min). Preparative TLC was performed using EM silica gel 60 F₂₅₄ plates (20 x 20 cm, thickness 2 min).

NMR spectra were obtained on a Varian Gemini 300 MHz instrument with CDC1, as solvent, unless otherwise noted. 1H NMR spectra were reported as follows: chemical shift relative to tetramethylsilane (0.00 ppm), multiplicity (s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet, q = quartet, m = multiplet, b = broad), coupling, and integration.

2-Fluoro-4-Nitrobenzoic Acid

Concentrated sulfuric acid (32 ml) was added carefully with stirring to a solution of 2-fluoro-4-nitrotoluene (16.5 g, 0.106 mol) in acetic acid (200 ml). The mixture was warmed up to 95 °C, and solution of chromium trioxide (37.1 g, 0.371 mol) in water (32 ml) was added dropwise with stirring over 2 h. The mixture was heated with stirring for another 30 minutes, allowed to cool down to r.t., and poured into water (1000 ml). The product was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 200 ml). Combined ether layers were washed

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 with water and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in 10% aqueous potassium carbonate and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with con. HC1, and the resulting white precipitate filtered and dried (16.3 g, 83%), m.p. 174-177 °C. Ή NMR.

Tert-Butyl 2-Fluoro-4-Nitrobenzoate

Thionyl chloride (45 ml, 0.62 mol) was added to 2-fluoro-4-nitrobenzoic acid (23.0 g, 0.124 mol), and the mixture was stirred under reflux for 2 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue thoroughly dried under vacuum to give crystalline acid chloride (25.2 g, 99%). The acid chloride was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (150 ml) under nitrogen, and 1M lithium tert-butoxide in tetrahydrofuran (136 ml, 0.136 mol) was added dropwise with stirring at room temperature. The mixture was stirred overnight, diluted with water (300 ml) and extracted with ether. The ether layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to gave the product as a white crystalline solid (24.2 g, 81%); mp 81-82 °C. ‘H NMR.

/er/-Butyl-2-Fluoro-4-Aminobenzoate

7er/-butyl 2-fluoro-4-nitrobenzoate (24.2 g, 0.100 mol) was added to a warm (95 °C) solution of ammonium chloride (53.5 g, 1.00 mol), dissolved in ethanol (300 ml) and water (150 ml). Iron powder (325 mesh, 16.8 g, 0.300 mol) was added with stirring in small portions over ca. 1 h. The reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 95 °C for another 30 minutes and then filtered while still warm. The filter cake was washed thoroughly with excess ethanol. The filtrate and washings were diluted with water (1 L) and extracted with ether (3 X 150 ml).

Combined ether extracts were washed with water and brine, dried (MgSO₄), and evaporated to give the product as an off-white solid (21.1 g, 98%); mp 100-101 °C. 'H NMR.

0-Benzyl-N-(3-fluoro-4-butoxycarbonylphenyl)carbamate

Benzyl chloroformate (15.9 ml, 0.112 mol) was added dropwise with stirring to a mixture of /e/7-butyl-2-fluoro-4-aminobenzoate (21.5 g, 0.102 mol) and pyridine (16.5 ml, 0.204 mol) in dichloromethane (200 ml) at O °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 0 °C, allowed to warm up to room temperature, and then poured into water (ca.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

300 ml). The organic layer was separated, washed with water, brine and dried (MgSO„). Evaporation gave a white solid, which was washed with hexane and dried under vacuum to afford the product (32.8 g, 93%); mp 117-118 °C. 'HNMR.

5-(R)-Hydroxymethyl-3-[4'-re?-f-butoxycarbonyI-3'-fluorophenynoxazolidine-2-one

1M Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (104 ml, 0.104 mol) was added dropwise with stirring at -78 °C to a solution of 0-benzyl-N-(3-fluoro-4butoxycarbonylphenyl)-carbamate (32.8 g, 0.0948 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (150 ml). The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hour, and then (R)-glycidyl butyrate (15.0 g, 0.104 mol) was added dropwise with stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight, and was then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 ml). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the crude product purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford the product as a white solid (20.0 g, 68%); mp 148-149 °C. 'H NMR.

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-[4'-/er/-butoxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl1oxazolidine-2-one

Methanesulfonyl chloride (2.61 ml, 0.0337 mol) was added dropwise with stirring to a solution of 5-(R)-hydroxymethyl-3-[4'-/er/-butoxycarbonyl-3'fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (10.0 g, 0.0321 mol) and triethylamine (6.71 ml, 0.0482 mol) in dichloromethane (150 ml) at 0 °C over ca. 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and then poured into water. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, saturated aq. NaHCO₃, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the mesylate intermediate as an oil (11.6 g, 99%). A mixture of the mesylate (13.4 g, 0.0370 mol) and sodium azide (12.0 g, 0.185 mol) in DMF (130 ml) was heated with stirring at 75 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (300 ml), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 ml). Combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried (MgSO₄) and evaporated. The residue was washed with diethyl ether to give the pure azide as a white solid (9.76 g, 90.5%); mp 91-92 °C. Ή NMR.

S-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-f4'-N-methyl-N-methoxyamido-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine2-one

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-[4'-/er/-butoxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 (3.36 g, 0.01 mol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (ca. 100 ml), and trifluoroacetic acid (50 ml) added with stirring. The mixture is kept at room temperature for 3-4 h, solvent removed under vacuum, and residue washed with diethyl ether-hexanes (1:3, ca. 20 ml) to afford an intermediate acid. The acid (1.40 g, 0.005 mol) is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 ml) and dimethylformamide (50 ml), and l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (0.96 g, 0.005 mol) added. The mixture is stirred for ca.

h, and N-methyl-N-methoxyamine hydrochloride (0.48 g, 0.005 mmol) added, followed by triethylamine (1.5 ml, 0.015 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3-4 h, poured into water (ca. 200 ml), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 150 ml). Combined organic layers are washed with water (4 x 250 ml), brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent is removed under vacuum to afford the Weinreb amide.

2-Fluoro-4-nitrobenzylidene diacetate

2-Fluoro-4-nitrotoluene (21.65 g, 0.140 mol) was dissolved in acetic anhydride (145 ml) and concentrated sulfuric acid (30 ml) was added slowly with stirring. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and a solution of chromium trioxide (42.0 g, 0.420 mol) in acetic anhydride (200 ml) added at such a rate that the temperature did not exceed 10 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for another 2 h, and then poured into ice water (1000 ml). The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water and then dissolved in ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate solution was washed with saturated aq. sodium bicarbonate, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the product as a white crystalline solid (37.9 g, 70 %); mp 116-117 °C. 'H NMR.

2-Fluoro-4-nitrobenzaldehyde Dimethyl Acetal

2-Fluoro-4-nitrobenzylidene diacetate (9.30 g, 0.0343 mol) was dissolved in methanol (200 ml), and potassium carbonate (4.74 g, 0.0343 mol) was added in one portion. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in diethyl ether, washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford an aldehyde intermediate (5.68 g, 98 %) The aldehyde (6.00 g, 0.0355 mol) was dissolved in a mixture of methanol (4.5 ml) and trimethyl orthoformate (4.27 ml,. 0.0390 mol). Ammonium chloride (0.10 g, 0.00178 mol) was added, and the mixture was refluxed for 2 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was washed with diethyl ether. The resulting ether solution was

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the product as a colorless oil. Yield 7.60 g (99 %). ‘H NMR.

4- Amino-3-fluorobenzaldehyde Dimethyl Acetal

2-Fluoro-4-nitrobenzaldehyde dimethyl acetal (0.59 g, 2.74 mmol) was dissolved in methanol: (20 ml), and 5% palladium on carbon (0.059 g) was added. The flask was charged with hydrogen gas, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The catalyst was filtered through Celite, and solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the product. Yield 0.40 g (78 %). Ή NMR.

0-Benzyl-N-[3-fluoro-4-(dimethoxymethyl)phenyl~lcarbamate

Benzyl chloroformate (0.34 ml, 2.38 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring to a solution of 4-amino-3-fluorobenzaldehyde dimethyl acetal (0.40 g, 2.16 mmol) and pyridine (0.26 ml, 3.24 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, and was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to give the desired product as a white solid. Yield 0.56 g (81%). Ή NMR.

5- (R)-Hydroxymethyl-3-[4'-dimethoxymethyl-3^,-fluorophenyl1oxazolidine-2-one

M Lithium bis(trimethylsflyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (0.86 ml, 0.941 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring at -78 °C to O-benzyl-N-[3-fluoro-4-(dimethoxymethyl)phenyljcarbamate (0.273 g, 0.855 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml). The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 h, and then (R)-glycidyl butyrate (0.145 ml, 1.03 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight, and was then quenched with saturated aq. ammonium chloride (5 ml). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the product was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed in vacuum, and the crude product purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 30 % ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the alcohol as an oil. Yield 0.24 g, 99%. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-f4^,-dimethoxymethyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Methanesulfonyl chloride (0.0664 ml, 0.858 mmol) was added with stirring to a solution of S-(R)-hydroxymethyl-3-[4'-dimethoxymethyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one (0.233 g, 0.817 mmol) and triethylamine (0.228 ml, 1.63 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, and was then

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 poured into water. The organic layer was separated and washed with water, saturated aq. NaHCOj, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to give a mesylate intermediate as an oil (0.246 g, 83%). A mixture of the mesylate (0.189 g, 0.520 mmol) and sodium azide (0.170 g, 2.60 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was heated at 75 °C for 12 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (50 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, and then dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed in vacuum, and the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 50% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (0.154 g, 95%). MS (m/z): 311 [M + H]⁺. ’H NMR.

3-Fluoro-4-thiocyanoaniline

N-Bromosuccinimide (1.76 g, 9.89 mmol) and potassium thiocyanate (1.75 g, 18.0 mmol) in methanol (30 ml) were stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and 3-fluoroaniline (1.00 g, 9.0 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was washed with dichloromethane. The mixture was filtered to remove succinimide by-product, and the solution was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the desired product as a colorless oil. Yield 1.45 g (96%). Ή NMR.

O-Benzyl-N-[3-fluoro-4-(thiocyano)phenyl1carbamate

Benzyl chloroformate (1.87 ml, 13.1 mmol) was added to a mixture of 3-fluoro-4thiocyanoaniline (2.00 g, 11.9 mmol) and pyridine (2.12 ml, 26.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 ml) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at O °C, allowed to warm to room temperature, and then poured into water. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude product was washed with ether-hexanes and dried under vacuum to afford the desired product. Yield 3.64 g (92%); m.p. 74-75 °C. Ή NMR.

0-Benzyl-N-[3-fluoro-4-(triphenylmethylthio)phenyl1carbamate

Sodium sulfide nonahydrate (0.794 g, 3.31 mmol) in water (3 ml) was added dropwise at room temperature to a solution of O-benzyl-N-[3-fluoro-4(thiocyano)phenyl]carbamate (1.00 g, 3.31 mmol) in ethanol (10 ml). The reaction

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then triphenylmethyl bromide (1.07 g, 3.31 mol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred overnight. Organic solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue taken up in ethyl acetate. The solution was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the crude product purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the desired compound as a white solid. Yield 1.10 g, (64%); mp 152-153 °C. Ή NMR.

5-(R)-Hydroxymethyl-3-[4'-triphenylmethylthio-3'-fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

1M Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofiiran (54 mL, 69.9 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring at -78 °C to a solution of O-benzyl-N-[3-fluoro-4(triphenylmethylthio)phenyl]carbamate (33.0 g, 63.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofiiran (250 ml). The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hour, and then (R)-glycidyl butyrate (11.0 g, 76.2 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature overnight, and then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (125 ml). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and combined organic layers washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the crude product purified by silica gel column chromatography (gradient from 30% to 75% of ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford the product. TLC: Rf 0.2 (ethyl acetate-hexanes 1:1). MS 486 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-[4^l-triphenylmethylthio-3^l-fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

Methanesulfonyl chloride (3.91 mL, 50.6 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring to a solution of 5-(R)-hydroxymethyl-3-[4’-triphenylmethylthio-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (23.4 g, 48.2 mmol) and triethylamine (10.1 mL, 73.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) at 0 °C over ca. 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and then poured into water. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, saturated aq. NaHCO₃, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent is removed under vacuum to afford the mesylate intermediate as an oil (27.2 g, 99%). The mesylate (27.2 g, 48.2 mmol) and sodium azide (15.7 g, 241.0 mmol) in DMF (150 ml) was heated with stirring at 70 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (750 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate.

Combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 removed under vacuum and the crude product purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford the azide product as a white solid. Yield 18.1 g (73%). M.p. 77-79 °C. [a]^D = -114 ° (c = 1, methanol). *H NMR.

5-Benzyloxycarbonylaminoindazole

Benzyl chloroformate (9.9 ml, ca. 66 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (66 ml) was added dropwise with stirring to 5-aminoindazole (4.44 g, 33 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150 ml) and pyridine (12.0 ml, 150 mmol) at -5 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature, stirred for 4 h, and concentrated under vacuum. Ethyl acetate (100 ml) and water (150 ml) were added, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 ml). The combined organic laters were washed with 0.3 N aq. HCI (2 x 100 ml), water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the crude product as a mixture of two regioisomers. MS (m/z): 402.1 [M+H]⁺. 0.3 M lithium hydroxide monohydrate in methanol (250 ml, ca. 75 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 min and then carefully acidified with 6 N aq. HCI until the pH of the solution was 2. The resulting product was filtered off, washed with water and dried under vacuum to afford the desired compound. R, 4.2 min. MS (m/z): 268.1 [M+H]⁺. ’H NMR.

5-Benzyloxycarbonylamino-l-triphenylmethylindazole

5-Benzyloxycarbonylaminoindazole (0.534 g, 2 mmol) was stirred with trityl chloride (0.556 g, 2 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium iodide (0.074 g, 0.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml) and triethylamine (0.42 ml, 3 mmol) for 3 days at room temperature. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the solid residue was triturated with methanol (3 ml). The solid was washed with a mixture of methanol-water (5:1, ca. 15 ml) and dried under vacuum to afford the desired product. Yield 0.73 g (72%). Ή NMR.

5-[5-(R)-Hydroxymethyloxazolidine-2-one-3-yl]-l-triphenylmethylindazole

M Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide in tetrahydrofuran (1.1 mL, 1.1 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring at -78 °C to 5-benzyloxycarbonylamino-l-tritylindazole (0.510 g, 1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1.5 h. (R)-Glycidyl butyrate (0.160 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. overnight. Saturated aq.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

NH₄C1 (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was evaporated to 3 mL, and the residue was triturated with hexanes (50 mL). White crystalline product was filtered off, washed with hexanes, and dried in vacuo. Yield 0.440 g (93%). MS (m/z): 232.1 [M-Trt]·. Ή NMR.

5-[5-(S)-Azidomethyloxazolidine-2-one-3-yl]-l-triphenylmethylindazole

Methanesulfonyl chloride (0.066 ml, 0.85 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring to a solution of 5-[5-(R)-hydroxymethyloxazolidine-2-one-3-yl]-l-triphenylmethylindazole (0.300 g, 0.63 mmol) and triethylamine (0.18 ml, 1.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (7.0 ml) at - 30 °C over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at 5 °C for 2 h and quenched with water (15 ml). Ethyl acetate (20 ml) was added, and the organic layer was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford a mesylate intermediate. The mesylate and sodium azide (0.205 g, 3.15 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) was heated with stirring at 75 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (ca. 10 ml), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x15 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the desired product as off-white crystals. Yield 0.31 g (95%). MS (m/z): 257.1 [M-Trt]·. Ή NMR.

BAL Aldehyde Resin

4- (4-Formyl-3,5-dimethoxyphenoxy)butyric acid (9.33 g, 34.8 mmol), pyridine (15 ml), and diisopropylcarbodiimide (3.00 ml, 19.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (135 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Tentagel S-NH, resin (Rapp Polymere, 0.29 mmol/g, 8.7 mmol) was added, and the mixture was agitated at room temperature overnight. The resin was filtered, washed liberally with MeOH and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum.

5- [5-(S)-Acetamidomethyloxazolidine-2-one-3-yll-l-indazole

Tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) was added to the mixture of 5-[5-(S)azidomethyloxazolidine-2-one-3-yl]-l-triphenylmethylindazole (0.065 g, 0.13 mmol, ca. 3 eq. with respect to the resin reagent), triphenylphosphine (0.034 g, 0.13 mmol), and BAL aldehyde resin (150 mg, ca. 0.044 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. A rubber septum was replaced with a teflon-coated cap, and the mixture was agitated at 75 °C for ca.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

h. A tetrahydrofuran-triethylorthoformate mixture (1:1,1 mL) was added to the resulting imine resin, followed by 0.5 M NaBH₃CN (0.5 mL, 0.25 mmol). The mixture was agitated at room temperature for 3 h. The resulting amine resin was washed liberally with MeOH and dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. An acetic anhydride-pyridinedichloromethane solution (1 to 1.5 to 3, 4 mL) was added, and the mixture was agitated for 2 h (until negative ninhydrine test indicated completion of the acylation). The trityl protection was removed by treatment with 1% TFA in DCM (2x4 mL, 15 min), and the product was cleaved with 60% TFA in DCM (2 mL) over 2 h. HPLC purity for the cleaved product was 90% (Rt 2.95 min). Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the product was purified by preparative silica gel TLC (eluent: dichloromethane-MeOH 5:1). Yield 7.0 mg (58%). R, 2.9 min. (given below). MS (m/z): 275.1 [M+H]⁺. ‘HNMR.

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-Aminomethyl-3-|~4'-dimethoxymethyl-3'fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one

Triphenylphosphine (0.130 g, 0.496 mmol) was added to a mixture of BAL aldehyde resin (0.57 g, 0.165 mmol) and 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4'-dimethoxymethyl-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (0.154 g, 0.496 mmol) in THF (3 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, and then at 75°C for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 1M sodium cyanoborohydride in THF (0.99 ml, 0.992 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was agitated for 8 h. The resulting amine resin was washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum.

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[~4'-dimethoxymethyl-3'fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

Acetic anhydride-pyridine-dichloromethane solution (1 to 1.5 to 3,4 mL) was added to BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-[4'-dimethoxymethyl-3'fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one, and the mixture was agitated for ca. 2 h (until negative ninhydrine test indicated completion of the acylation). The resin was filtered, washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4'-fonnyl-3'-fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'-dimethoxymethyl-3'fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.029 mmol) was suspended in 60%

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. The mixture was filtered, and supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to afford the desired product as an oil. Yield 4.9 mg, (60%). R, 3.0 min. MS (m/z): 281.1 [M + H]⁺. Ή NMR.

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-Aminomethyl-3-|'4'-/er/-butoxycarbonyl-3'fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

Triphenylphosphine (7.61 g, 29.0 mmol) was added to a mixture of BAL aldehyde resin (33.3 g, 9.67 mmol) and 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4'-/er/-butoxycarbonyl-3'fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (9.76 g, 29.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (170 ml) under nitrogen at room temperature. The mixture was agitated at room temperature for 2 h and then at 75 °C for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and 1 M sodium cyanoborohydride in THF (58.0 ml, 58.0 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture was agitated for 8 h. The resulting amine resin was filtered, washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum.

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-Aminomethyl-3-r4'-carboxy-3'fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

A mixture of 1 M chlorotrimethylsilane in dichloromethane (290 ml, 0.29 mol) and 1M phenol in dichloromethane (290 ml, 0.29 mol) was added to BAL resin immobilized 5(S)-aminomethyl-3-[4^l-/er/-butoxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one, and the reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 36 h. The resulting acid resin was filtered, washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum.

General Procedure for the Synthesis of Immobilized 5-(S)-Acylaminomethyl-3-[4'carboxy-3'-fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-ones

A selected carboxylic acid (18.0 mmol), pyridine (1.46 ml,18.0 n-tmol) and diisopropylcarbodiimide (1.35 ml, 9.90 mmol) in a mixture of dimethylformamidedichloromethane (4:1, 8 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 1 h. An appropriate BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-[4'-carboxy-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (1.80 mmol) was added and the mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h (or until ninhydrine test indicated a completion of the acylation). The resin was filtered, washed liberally with dimethylformamide, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4'-carboxy-3'-fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

Acetic anhydride-pyridine-dichloromethane solution (1:1.5:3,200 mL). was added to an immobilized 5-(S)-acylaminomethyl-3-[4'-carboxy-3'-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2one (33.3 g, 9.67 mmol), and the mixture was agitated overnight. The resin was filtered, washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum. The acylated resin (0.100 g, 0.029 mmol) was suspended in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 2 h at room temperature. The mixture was filtered, and the supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give a white solid which was washed with ether and dried under vacuum. Yield 7.6 mg (88%); mp 252-253 °C. 'H NMR.

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4'(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl1-oxazolidine-2-one

Pentafluorophenyl trifluoroacetate (7.10 ml, 41.3 mmol) was added to a mixture of BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'-carboxy-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine2-one (20.4 g, 5.90 mmol) and pyridine (8 ml) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (35 ml). The reaction mixture was agitated at room temperature for 16 h. The resin was filtered, washed with N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one and dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The resin was analyzed by cleavage with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml per 0.100 g. 0.029 mmol of the resin, 2 h). The resulting supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the released pentafluorophenyl ester as a white solid. The solid was purified by preparative TLC (eluent 10% MEOH in dichloromethane). Yield 8.0 mg (60%);m.p. 172-173 °C. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(4”-morpholinophenylamino)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 OOg, 0.029 mmol) was agitated with 4-morpholinoaniline (0.155 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 10% pyridine in dimethylformamide (2 ml) for 24 h. The resin was filtered and washed liberally with dimethylformamide, MeOH, DCM, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was cleaved in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. The supernatant was evaporated under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 preparative TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give product as a white solid. Yield 6.6 mg (50%). MS (m/z): 457.2 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(3”-pyridylamino)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 OOg, 0.029 mmol) was agitated with 3-aminopyridine (0.082 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 10% pyridine in dimethylformamide (2 ml) for 24 h. The resin was filtered and washed liberally with dimethylformamide, MeOH, DCM, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was cleaved in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. The supernatant was evaporated under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by preparative TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane) to give the product as a white solid. Yield 4.3 mg (40%). MS(m/z): 373.1 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(4”-morpholino)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyll oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 OOg, 0.029 mmol) was agitated with morpholine (0.10 ml, 0.116 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (2 ml) for 16 h. The resin was filtered and washed liberally with N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was cleaved in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. The resin was filtered, the filtrate evaporated under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by preparative TLC (eluent: 10% MeOH in dichloromethane) to give the product as a white solid. Yield 5.6 mg (53%); m.p. 210-211 °C. Ή NMR.

BAL Resin Immobilized Weinreb Amide: 5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-Nmethoxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl-3^,-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (1.00 g, 0.29 mmol) was agitated with N-methoxy-N-methylamine hydrochloride (0.59 g, 6.0 mmol) and triethylamine (0.84 ml, 6.0 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one for 16 h at room temperature. The resin was filtered, washed liberally with N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one,

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. A small portion of the resin (ca. 10 mg) was cleaved in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (0.20 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. The supernatant was concentrated under vacuum to afford the cleaved Weinreb amide as an oil. R, 2.8 min. MS (m/z): 340.1 [M + H]⁺. Ή NMR.

BAL Resin Immobilized Aldehyde 5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-r4’-formyl-3’fluorophenyll -oxazolidine-2-one

0.1 M Lithium aluminum hydride in tetrahydrofuran (0.52 ml) was added dropwise with stirring to BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-N-methoxy-Nmethylaminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyI]oxazolidine-2-one (0.150 g, 0.044 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 ml) at -78 °C. The mixture was agitated at -78 °C for 4-6 h. It was then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The resin was filtered, washed liberally with tetrahydrofuran, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-14’ -formyl-3 ’ -fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-formyl-3’-fluorophenyl]15 oxazolidine-2-one (0.150 g, 0.0435 mol) was cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. Supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the crude product as an oil. MS (m/z): 281.1 [M + H]+. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

3.0 M Methylmagnesium iodide in diethyl ether (0.022 ml, 0.066 mmol) is added dropwise with stirring to BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-Nmethoxy-N-methylaminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (0.150 g, 0.044 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 ml) at -78 °C. The mixture is agitated at 78 °C for 5-10 h, and then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The resin is filtered, washed liberally with tetrahydrofuran, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The resulting ketone resin is cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. The supernatant is evaporated under vacuum to afford the desired product.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

BAL Resin Immobilized Acyl Azide 5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-azidocarbonyl3 ’-fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

Method A: with azidotrimethylsilane and tetrabutylammonium fluoride. 1 M Tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofiiran (0.609 ml, 0.609 mmol) was added to azidotrimethylsilane (0.34 ml, 2.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofiiran (3.5 ml), and the mixture was kept at room temperature for 0.5 h. The resulting solution was added to BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one, and the mixture was agitated at room temperature for 4-5 h. The acyl azide resin was filtered, washed with dichloromethane and acetone. IR (cm-'): 2136 (Nj). The resin was further analyzed by cleavage with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml per 0.100 g, 0.029 mmol of the resin, 2 h). The resulting supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the released acyl azide product. R, 3.3 min. IR(cm-'):2138(N₃). MS (m/z): 278.1 [M-N₂+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Method B: with tetrabutylammonium azide. BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)acetamidomethyl-3-[4'-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (Tentagel HL NH₂ resin, 1.00 g, ca. 0.40 mmol/g) was agitated with tetrabutylammonium azide (0.797 g, 2.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofiiran (10 ml) for 5 h at room temperature. The resin was filtered, washed liberally with dichloromethane and acetone, and dried under vacuum.

BAL Resin Immobilized Protected Amine 5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-(9”fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fiuorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized acyl azide 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-azidocarbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.75 g, 0.22 mmol) and (9-fluorenyl)methanol (1.18 g,

6.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofiiran (7.0 ml) were agitated at 80 °C for 4 h. The resulting Fmocprotected amine resin was washed with tetrahydrofiiran, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyI)amino-3’-fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

Method A. BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.200 g) was cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h. The resulting

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the released Fmoc carbamate product.

R, 4.3 min. MS (m/z): 490.2 [Μ+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Method B. 9-Fluorenylmethyl chloroformate (0-039 g, 0.15 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.300 ml) and pyridine (0.05 ml, 0.62 mmol) was added to BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-amino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one, and the mixture was agitated at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting resin was worked up and cleaved as described above for Method A. R, 4.3 min. MS (m/z): 490.2 [Μ +H]⁺. 'H NMR.

BAL Resin Immobilized Amine 5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-amino-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one

Method A. BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3 ’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (ca. 0.200 g) was deprotected with 20% piperidine in dimethylformamide (2 ml) for 20 min. The resulting amine resin was washed liberally with MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The resin was analyzed by cleavage with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml, 2 h). The resulting supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the released' amine product. MS (m/z): 268.1 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Method B. BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'(pentafluorophenyl)-oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.200 mg), azidotrimethylsilane (0.240 ml, 1.74 mmol) and catalytic tetrabutylammonium fluoride (0.05 ml, 0.05 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml) were agitated at 80 °C for 4 h. The resulting amine resin was washed liberally with MeOH and dichloromethane. It was dried under vacuum and analyzed as described above for Method A. MS (m/z): 268.1 [M+H]⁺.

Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(para-nitrobenzene)sulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-amino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.200 g) was agitated with para-nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (0.108 g, 0.50 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 ml) with N-methylmorpholine (0.200 ml) for 14 h at room temperature. The resulting sulfonamide resin was filtered, washed liberally with dimethylformamide, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml, 2 h). The resulting supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the sulfonamide product. MS (m/z): 453.1 [M+Hf. Ή NMR.

N¹ -(9-FIuorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-N²-[4’ -(5 ’ ’-(S)-acetamidomethyloxazolidine-2one-3 ” -yl)-3 '-fluorophenyllthiourea

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-amino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.200 g) was agitated with 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonylisocyanate (0.140 g, 0.50 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.0 ml) for 14 h at room temperature. The resulting thiourea resin was filtered, washed liberally with dimethylformamide, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml, 2 h). The resulting supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the sulfonamide product. R, 4.5 min. MS (m/z): 549.1 [M+H]\ Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-(4”-phenylthiazole-2”-yl)amino-3’-fluorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized N'-(9-Fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-N²-[4’-(5”-(S)acetamidomethyloxazolidine-2-one-3”-yl)-3'-fluorophenyl]thiourea was deprotected with 20% piperidine in dimethylformamide (2 ml) for 40 min, filtered, washed liberally with MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. 2-Bromoacetophenone (0.100 g, 0.50 mnol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 ml) was added, and the mixture was agitated at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting thiazole resin was washed liberally with MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml, 2 h). The resulting supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the thiazole product. R, 3.9 min. MS (m/z): 427.1 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-['4’-(5”-amino-4”-cyanooxazole-2”-yl)-3’fluorophenyn-oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4'-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3'-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g) was agitated with aminomalonitrile tosylate (0.253 g, 1 mmol) in a mixture of dry pyridine and Nmethylpyrrolidine-2-one (1:1,2.0 ml) at 60 °C for 8-10 h. The resulting aminooxazole

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 resin was washed liberally with MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml, 2 h). The resulting supernatant was evaporated under vacuum to give the oxazole product. R, 3.2 min. MS (m/z): 360.1 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-triphenylmethylthio-3’-fluorophenyl~loxazolidine-2one

Triphenylphosphine (2.82 g, 10.8 mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of 5(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4’-triphenylmethylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]- oxazolidine-2-one (5.00 g, 9.79 mmol) in THF (40 mL), and the mixture stirred for 2 h at room temperature. Water (1.41 mL, 78.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture heated at 40 °C overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the oily residue dissolved in dichloromethane (50 mL).

Acetic anhydride (4.62 ml, 49.0 mmol) and pyridine (7.92 ml, 97.9 mmol) were added, and the mixture stirred for 8 h at r.t. Solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude product purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (eluent: 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give the product as a foam (4.98 g, 97 %); MS: 527 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-Aminomethyl-3-[4’-triphenylmethylthio-3’fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

Diisopropylcarbodiiimide (4.24 ml, 27.0 mmol) aws added to 4-(4-formyl-3,5dimethoxyphenoxy)butyric acid (13.19 g, 49.2 mmol) and pyridine (20 mL) in dichloromethane (190 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Tentagel S-NH₂ resin (Rapp Polymere, 30.0 g, 12.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture agitated at room temperature overnight. Resulted BAL resin was filtered, washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum. Triphenylphosphine (7.97 g, 0.0304 mol) was added to a mixture of above BAL aldehyde resin (50.9 g, 0.0209 mol) and 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4’-triphenylmethylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (15.5g, 30.4 mmol) in THF (200 ml) under nitrogen at r.t. (room temperature). The mixture was agitated at r.t. for 2 h and then heated at 75 °C for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to r.t., and 1M sodium cyanoborohydride in THF (62.7 ml, 62.7 mmol) was added. The mixture was agitated for 8 h at r.t. The resin was filtered, washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane and dried under vacuum.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-AcetamidomethyI-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’fluorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-Aminomethyl-3-[4’-triphenylmethylthio-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (5.00 g, 2.05 mmol) was suspended in 5% trifluoroacetic acid and 2.5% triisopropylsilane in dichloromethane (50 mL), and the mixture was agitated for I h. The resin was filtered and the procedure repeated with fresh 5% trifluoroacetic acid and 2.5% triisopropylsilane in dichloromethane (50 mL) for another 30 minutes. The resin was filtered and washed liberally with dichloromethane. Resulted thiol resin was immediately suspended in a mixture of acetic anhydride (20 mL) and pyridine (30 mL) in DCM (50 mL), and the mixture was agitated overnight at r.t. The resin was filtered, washed liberally with dichloromethane and dried under vacuum.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-acetylthio-3’-fluorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one. (0.15 g, 0.041 mmol) was suspended in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane for 2 at r.t. Supernatant was evaporated under vacuum and the crude product was purified by TLC (10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 8.7 mg (67 %). MS: 327 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Ester Oxazolidinone Derivatives

General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-f4’(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenylIoxazolidine-2-ones

Method A. 4.37 M Sodium methoxide in methanol (0.0927 ml, 0.405 mmol) was added to an appropriate BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-amidomethyl-3-[4’-acylthio-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (prepared as described above; 0.15 g, 0.041 mmol) in a polar aprotic solvent (preferably, N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one, 1.5 mL), and the mixture was agitated for 5-25 min (typically completed within 5 min for acetylated compounds). Optionally, an organic base was used instead of sodium methoxide (e.g., tetramethylguanidine or alkylamine). An appropriate alkylating or (hetero)arylating reagent (0.8-1.6 mmol) was added, and the mixture agitated at r.t. for 12-36 h (typically, complete overnight). The resin wash washed thoroughly with N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one, dichloromethane, and methanol. The resin was suspended in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane and agitated at room temperature for 2 h. Supernatant was evaporated

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 under vacuum and the crude product purified by TLC (methanol-dichloromethane mixtures).

Method B. 5% Trifluoroacetic acid and 2.5% triisopropylsilane in dichloromethane (2.0 mL) was added to 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-triphenylmethylthio-3’5 fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.10, 0.19 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1

h. and the mixture stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue dissolved in methanol (3 mL). An appropriate alkylating or (hetero)arylating reagent (19-0.38 mmol) was added, followed by dropwise addition of 4.37 M sodium methoxide in methanol (0.087 ml, 0.380 mmol). Optionally, an organic base was used instead of sodium methoxide (e.g., tetramethylguanidine or alkylamine).

The mixture was stirred at 20-70 °C for 2-24 h (typically, 2 h at r.t.). Solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude product purified by TLC (methanol-dichloromethane mixtures).

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-(6”-chloropyridazine-3”-yl)thio-3’-fiuorophenyl'|15 oxazoIidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 3,6-dichloropyridazine (0.12 g, 0.81 mmol) in N-methyipyrroIidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight, and the crude cleaved product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 3.9 mg (24%). MS: 397 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(4”,6”-dimethoxy-l”,3”,5”-triazine-2”-yl)thio-3’fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4^,-acetylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (0.1 g, 0.81 mmol) in Nmethylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight, and the crude cleaved product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 6.1 mg (36%). MS: 424 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(5”-nitropyridine-2”-yI)thio-3’-fluorophenyl1oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 2-chloro-5-nitropyridine (0.13 g, 0.81 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight, and the crude cleaved product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 7.0 mg (44%). MS: 407 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-(4’-[’2”-(4’”-morpholino)ethyl'|thio-3’-fIuorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-AcylaminomethyI)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-onesfrom BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 4-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine hydrochloride (0.28 g, 0.81 mmol) in Nmethylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight, and the crude cleaved product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 2.4 mg (15%). MS: 398 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(pyridine-3”-yl)methylthio-3’-fluorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 3-(chloromethyl)pyridine hydrochloride (0.13 g, 0.81 mmol) in Nmethylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight, and the crude cleaved product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield

3.6 mg (24%). MS: 376 [M+H]⁺.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-(4’-methylthio-3’-fluorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’10 fluorophenyljoxazoli- dine-2-one with methyl iodide (0.05 mL, 0.81 mmol) in Nmethylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight, and the crude cleaved product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield

6.3 mg (52%). MS: 299 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(2”-methylthiazole-4”-yl)methylthio-3’15 fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-acetylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 4-chloromethyl-2-methylthiazole hydrochloride (0.15 g, 0.81 mmol) in N20 methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight, and the crude cleaved product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 6.9 mg (43%). MS: 396 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(T’,2.4''-oxadiazole-3”-yl)methylthiazole-4”yl)methylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3 ’-fluorophenyl]- oxazolidine-2one with 3-chloromethyl-l,2,4-oxadiazole (0.045 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.043 g (62%). MS: 367 [M+H]⁺.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-|’4’-(methoxycarbonyl)methylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’ -(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3 ’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with methyl bromoacetate (0.058 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.056 g (83%). M.p. 119-120 °C. MS: 357 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-(2”-methoxyethyl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with 2-chloroethyl methyl ether (0.036 g. 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.034 g (52%). MS (m/z): 343 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-AcetamidomethyI-3-f4’-(3”-nitrothien-2”-yl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with 2-chloro-3-nitrothiophene (0.062 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.066 g (85%). M.p. 194-195 °C. MS (m/z): 412 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-['4’-(acetylmethyl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl1oxazo-lidine-2one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with chloroacetone (0.062 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.039 g (61%). MS (m/z): 341 [M+H]L ‘H NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(2”-hydroxyethyl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl1oxazo-lidine2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with 2-bromoethanol (0.048 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.045 g (72%). MS (m/z): 329 [M+H]⁺. 'H NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4^,-(5”-carboxypyridine-3”-yl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl1oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with t-butyl 2-chloronicotinate (0.081 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The intermediate t-butyl ester of the product was deprotected with 20% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (1 mL, 2 h at

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/0I318

r.t.). Solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the crude product washed with diethyl ether. Yield 0.050 g (65%). MS (m/z): 406 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-(4’-cyclopropylmethylthio-3’-fluorophenyl)oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with chloromethyl cyclopropane (0.051 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrroIidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.053 g (82%). MS (m/z): 339 [M+H]⁴. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(3”-cyanoethyl)thio-3’-fluorophenylloxazo-lidine-2one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with 3-bromopropionitrile (0.051 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.032 g (50%). MS (m/z): 338 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-(5”-nitrothiazole-2”-yl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with 2-bromo-5-nitrothiazole (0.079 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.061 g (78%). MS (m/z): 413 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(5”-phenyl-l”,2”_&gt;4”-oxadiazole-3”-yl)methylthio-3’fluorophenyl] oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyI]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamido- methyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 3-chloromethyl-5-phenyl-l,2,4-oxadiazole (0.074 g, 0.38 mmol) inNmethylpyrroIidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.040 g (47%). MS (m/z): 443 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-(3”-methoxycarbonylpropane-2”-one-l”-yI)thio-3’fluorophenyl] oxazoIidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamido-methyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoIidine-2one with methyl 4-chloroacetoacetate (0.057 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.027 g (35%). MS (m/z): 399 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-AcetamidomethyI-3-f4’-(2”-chloroethyl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidi-ne-2one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with l-bromo-2-chloroethane (0.055 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.047 g (72%). MS (m/z): 347 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-r4’-(l ’’-ethoxycarbonyl-1 ”, 1 ”-dimethyl)methylthio-3 fluorophenyl]oxazo-lidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with ethyl 2-bromoisobutyrate (0.074 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.061 g (80%). MS (m/z): 399 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(2”-diethoxyphosphinoyl)ethylthio-3^&gt;-fluorophenylloxazo-lidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’ -(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3 ’ -fluorophenyl]oxazo!idine-2one with diethyl (2-bromoethyl)phosphonate (0.093 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.043 g (50%). MS (m/z):

449 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4^,-(thiocyano)methylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyI]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fIuorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with chloromethyl thiocyanate (0.041 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrroIidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.022 g (35%). MS (m/z): 324 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(3”-methyltetrahydrofuran-2’^!-one-3”-yl)thio-3’fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamido- methyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one with a-bromo-a-methyl-y-butyrolactone (0.068 g, 0.38 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.035 g (48%). MS (m/z):

383 [M+H]\ 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(2”-diethylamino)ethylthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(substituted)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoIidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamido-methyl-3-[4’-(triphenylmethyl)lthio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one with 2-(diethylamino)ethyl chloride hydrochloride (0.065 g, 0.38 mmol) and 4.37 M sodium methoxide (0.174 mL, 0.760 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1 mL). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 2 h. The crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.011 g (15%). MS (m/z): 383 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-(2”-hydroxyethyl)sulfinyl-3^,fluoropheny 1) oxazolidine-2-one

Sodium periodate (0.014 g, 0.065 mmol) in water (0.5 mL) was added to 5-(S)acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(2”-hydroxyethyl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazo-lidine-2-one (0.020 g, 0.061 mmol) in methanol (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (ca. 5 mL).

Resulting solution was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the crude product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield0.018 g(86%). MS (m/z): 345 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(2”-hydroxyethyl)sulfonyl-3’-fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

30% Hydrogen peroxide (0.023 mL, 0.244 mmol) was added to 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3[4’-(2”-hydroxyethyl)thio-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoli-dine-2-one (0.020 g, 0.061 mmol) in acetic acid (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (ca. 5 mL). Resulting solution was washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the crude product purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.017 g (77%). M.p. 162-163 °C. MS (m/z): 361 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Ester Oxazolidinone Derivatives

5-(S)-(N-Acetylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(/erf-butoxy)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl] oxazolidine-2-one.

Triphenylphosphine (0.521 g, 1.99 mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of 5-(S)-(N-azidomethyl)-3-[4’-(/er/-butoxy)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.607 g, 1.80 mmol) in THF (10 ml), and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 h. Water (0.259 ml, 14.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture heated at 40 °C overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum. The oily residue was dissolved in a mixture of acetic anhydride (0.849 ml, 9.00 mmol) and pyridine (0.146 ml, 18.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) and stirred for 4 h. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10 % methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.62 g (98 %). MS (m/z): 353 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acetylaminomethy 1)-3 -[4 ’-carboxy-3 ’ -fluoropheny 11-oxazolidine-2-one

5-(S)-(N-Acetylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(/er/-butoxy)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (6.20 g, 17.5 mmol) was dissolved in 20 % trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane, and the mixture stirred at r.t. overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue triturated with ether to give product as a white solid. Yield 5.20 g (99 %). M.p. 252-253 °C; MS: 297 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-f4’-[alkyl[or (hetero)aryl]oxy)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl1-oxazolidine-2-ones

Method A. An appropriate 5-(S)-(N-acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one resin of the type 5 (0.1 mmol; prepared from resin 4 via two step acylation with an appropriate N-acylating reagent, and subsequent Pfp-activation as described above) was mixed with a selected alcohol reagent (1-3 mmol, typically, 1-2 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.2-1 mmol; typically, 1 mmol) in aprotic solvent (Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, or dimethylsulfoxide; preferably, N,N-dimethylformamide, 4-6 mL). The mixture was agitated at 20-70 °C for 6-48 h (typically, at r.t. overnight). The resin was filtered, washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dried in vacuo, and cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5 ml, 2 h). Resulting supernatant was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product purified by HPLC or TLC.

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

Method B. An appropriate alkylating reagent (0.35-1.2 mmol; preferably, 1 mmol) was added to 5-(S)-(N-acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-(pentafluoro-phenyloxy)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.34 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.187 g, 1.35 mmol) in Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (2 mL), and the mixture agitated at 20-80 °C for 624 h (typically, at r.t. overnight). Water (ca. 10-15 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (ca. 3 x 20 mL). Combined organic solvents were washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product purified by HPLC or TLC.

5-(S)-(N-Acetylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-[alkyl[or (hetero)aryl]oxy]carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin 5-(S)-(N~acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluo- rophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) and hydroxymethylcyclopropane (0.144 g, 2 mmol) with 4-dimethylaminopyridine (1 mmol) in Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (4 mL). Reaction performed at r.t. overnight. Crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). MS (m/z): 350 [M+H]*. Atematively, the compound was made according to Method B of aforementioned General Procedure from 5-(S)-(N-acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.34 mmol) and (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (0.098 mL, 1 mmol). Reaction was performed at 70 °C overnight. Crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.100 g (85%). MS (m/z): 350 [M+H]*. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4^,-methoxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-[alkyl[or (hetero)aryl]oxy]- carbonyl-3 ’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-(N-acetamido-methyl)-3-[4’-carboxy-3 ’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.34 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.063 mL, 1 mmol). Reaction was performed at r.t. overnight. Crude product was purified by TLC

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 104 mg (99%). MS (m/z): 311 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-isopropoxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-[alkyl[or (hetero)aryl]oxy]- carbonyl-3 ’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-(N-acetamido-methyl)-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.34 mmol) and 2-bromopropane (0.095 mL, 1 mmol). Reaction was performed at 70 °C overnight. Crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 105 mg (92%). MS (m/z): 339 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-r4’-ethoxycarbonyI-3’-fluorophenyl1oxazolidine-2one

Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-[alkyl[or (hetero)aryl]oxy]- carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-(N-acetamido-methyl)-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.34 mmol) and ethyl iodide (0.081 mL, 1 mmol). Reaction was performed at r.t. overnight. Crude product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 107 mg (98%). MS (m/z): 325 [M+H]⁺. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-[(N-isopropylidene)iminoloxycarbonyl-3’fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

A mixture of 5-(S)-(N-acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.34 mmol), 4-(dimethylamino)-pyridine (0.041 g, 0.34 mmol), diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.053 ml, 0.34 mmol) and acetone oxime (0.025 g, 0.34 mmol) in N, N-dimethyformamide (2 ml) was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers were washed with brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was remove under vacuum, and the residue was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.098 g (83 %). MS (m/z): 352 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

100

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-(pyridine-3”-yl)methoxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl joxazoIidine-2-one

A mixture of 5-(S)-(N-acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.100 g, 0.34 mmol), 4-(dimethyiamino)pyridine (0.041 g, 0.34 mmol), diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.053 ml, 0.34 mmol) and 3-pyridylcarbinol (0.033 g, 0.34 mmol) in N, N-dimethyformamide (2 ml) was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers were washed with brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was remove under vacuum, and the residue was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.094 g (72%). MS (m/z): 388 [M+H]⁺ . 'HNMR.

Amide Oxazolidinone Derivatives

General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’[(un)substituted amino]carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones 7

Method A. An appropriate 5-(S)-(N-acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one resin of the type 5 (prepared from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one 4 via two step acylation with an appropriate N-acylating reagent, and subsequent Pfp-activation as described above (0.029 mmol) was agitated with a selected amine compound (0.1 -0.2 mmol; preferably 0.116 mmol) in a polar non-protic solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one, Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (2-4 ml) for 16-48 h at 25-70 °C (preferably, at 60 °C overnight) containing 10-20% v/v of an organic base (pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, or diisopropylethylamine). Optionally, dimethylsulfoxide (0.5-1 mL) was added for less soluble amine reagents. Also optionally, functionalized amines (such as amino acids or amino alcohols) were pre-dissolved with addition of a silylating reagent (such as bis-trimethylsilylacetamide, 0.2-0.6 mmol) prior to addition to the resin, and the reaction was performed under inert gas atmosphere (nitrogen). Resulted resin was filtered and washed liberally with N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one, MeOH, dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. The dry resin was cleaved in 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (2 ml) for 2 h at room temperature. The resin was filtered, the filtrate evaporated under vacuum, and crude product purified by preparative TLC (MeOH dichloromethane) or reverse phase HPLC.

101

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Method B. 60% Trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added to 5(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4’-ter/-butoxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyI]oxazolidine-2-one (0.336 g, 1 mmol), and the solution kept at r.t. for 1 h. Solvents were removed in vacuo to afford 5(S)-azidomethyI-3-[4’-carboxy-3’-fluorophenyl-]oxazoIidine-2-one dried (0.280 g, 99%). N-TrimethylsilyI-N,N-diethylamine (0.23 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added to above product in dry dichloromethane (3 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere, and the solution stirred for 15 min. Solvents and excess reagent were removed in vacuo, and residue dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL). The solution was cooled to ca. 0 °C, and oxalyl chloride (1.5 mmol, 0.13 mL) was added dropwise, followed by catalytic Ν,Ν-dimethylfonnamide (ca. 0.01 mL). The mixture was alllowed to warm up to r.t., and stirred at r.t. for another 2 h. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and the resulting 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4’chlorocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]- oxazolidine-2-one redissolved in dry aprotic solvent (preferably, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, or acetonitrile, 3-10 mL). Resulted solution (0.8 mL, ca. 0.2 mmol) was added to an appropriate amine reagent (1 mmol) in aprotic solvent (preferably, acetonitrile, or pyridine, 1-5 mL) optionally containing an organic base (preferably, pyridine, 0.5-2 mL). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1-5 h. Solvent was removed in vacuo, and resulting 5-(S)-azidomethyI-3-[4’-(substituted)aminocarbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one was typically washed with water, and dried in vacuo. Triphenylphosphine (0.262 g, 1.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to above azide intermediate, and the mixture stirred at 45-55 °C °C for 2 h. Water (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture stirred overnight at 50-60 °C. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and resulting crude amine intermediates typically washed with excess diethyl ether. Aprotic solvent was added (preferably, tetrahydrofuran, 5-15 mL) was added, followed by pyridine (0.25-0.5 mL) and acetic anhydride (0.2-0.5 mL), and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 0.5-2 h (typically, 1 h). Solvents were removed in vacuo, and resulting product typically washed with excess diethyl ether and dried in vacuo.

Method C. N,N-Diisopropyl-N-ethylamine (0.34 mL, 2 mmol) was added to 5-(S)acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.296 g, 1 mmol) and a coupling reagents, [preferably, O-(7-azabenzotriazole-l-yl)-N,N,N’,N’tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU)] in a polar aprotic solvent such as N,Ndimethylformamide (3 mL) and tetrahydrofiiran (2 mL), and the solution was kept at r.t.

102

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 for 20 min. An appropriate amine (1 mmol) was added, followed by an organic base (preferably, N,N-diisopropyl-N-ethylamine, 0.17 mL, 1 mmol), and the mixture stirred at 20-60 °C for 1-24 h (typically, at r.t. for 1-2 h). Additional base (typically, 1 mmol) was added when amine salts were employed. Optionally, catalytic 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.05-0.2 mmol) was added for acylation of less reactive amines. Volatile organic solvents were removed in vacuo. The product was typically isolated by precipitation with excess of water (5-60 mL), or by extraction from aqueous solutions with ethyl acetate (20-40 mL).

In the latter case, organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, 3% aqueous citric acid, water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Organic solvent was removed in vacuo, and the product further purified by washing with excess of diethyl ether, or by crystallization from an appropriate solvent (typically, methanol or ethanol).

Method D. N-EthyI-N’-(3-diethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (0.92 g, 4.8 mmol) was added to 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’-fluorophenyl ]oxazolidine-2-one (1.18 g, 4.0 mmol) and pentafluorophenol (0.81 g, 4.4 mmol) in N,N-dimethylfomamide (50 mL) and the soliution stirred at r.t. for 24 h. Most of solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in acetonitrile (ca. 40 mL), and this solution added dropwise with stirring into 3% aqueous citric acid (ca. 150 mL). Precipitated 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3[4’-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxa-zolidine-2-one was filtered off, washed with water, and dried in vacuo (yield 1.30 g, 70%; M.p. 172-173 °C; Rt 5.2 min). The resulting ester (1 mmol) was dissolved in a polar solvent (preferably, tetrahydrofuran or acetonitrile 10 mL), and an appropriate amine (1-5 mmol) added. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1-10 h (typically, 1-2 h). Solvent and excess reagent were removed in vacuo, and the product purified by chromatography or crystallization from an appropriate solvent.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(6^,’-chloropyridine-3”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

Method A. Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3[4’-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3 ’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one and 2-chloro-5amino-pyridine in 10% pyridine inN-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (70°'C, 48 h). MS: 407

103

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 [M+H]⁺. To obtain the hydrochloride form of this compound, above material (41 mg, ca. 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) with 2M HC1 in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL). Resulted solution was filtered, solvents removed in vacuo, and the crude salt washed with excess of diethyl ether.

Method B. Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)- carbonyl-3’fluoro-phenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones by amide coupling of 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4’chlorocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 2-chloro-5-aminopyridine in pyridine (3 mL, r.t., 1 h). Solvent was removed in vacuo, and resulting 5-(S)-azidomethyl3-[4’-(6”-chloropyridine-3”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one was washed with water (5x3 mL mL), and dried in vacuo. Triphenylphosphine (0.262 g, 1.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to above azide intermediate, and the mixture stirred at 45 °C for 2 h. Water (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture stirred overnight at 50 °C. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and resulting crude amine intermediate washed with excess diethyl ether. Tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added, followed by pyridine (0.25 mL) and acetic anhydride (0.2 mL), and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 1 h. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and resulting product washed with excess diethyl ether. MS: 407 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(thiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Method A. Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyI-3[4’-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 2aminothiazole in 10% pyridine in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (r.t., 24 h). MS: 379 [M+H]⁺. Rt 3.8 min. To obtain the hydrochloride form of this compound, above material (38 mg, ca. 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) with 2M HC1 in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL), filtered, solvents removed in vacuo, and the residue washed with excess of diethyl ether.

Method B. Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)-carbonyl-3’104

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3 fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 2-aminothiazole (0.10 g, 1 mmol). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight. Tetrahydrofuran was removed in vacuo, and the residue added to water (60 mL). Resulted suspension was kept at r.t. for 1 h, filtered, and the product washed with excess water and dried in vacuo.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(4,5-dimethylthiazole-2”-yl)aininocarbonyl-3’iIuorophenyl]-oxazoIidine-2-one

Method A. Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethy])-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)-carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3[4’-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one and 2-amino-4,5dimethylthiazole in 10% pyridine in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (r.t., 24 h). MS: 407 [M+H]⁺. Rt4.1 min. 'HNMR.

Method B. Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)-carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-onesfrom5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 2-amino-4,5-dimethyl-thiazole. The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 3 h. MS: 407 [M+H]⁺. Rt 4.1 min. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4^&gt;-(pyrimidine-4”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophe- nyl)oxazolidine-2-one

Method A. Prepared according to Method A of the the General Procedurse for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyI]-oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3[4’-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3 ’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one and 4aminopyrimidine in 10% pyridine in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (70 °C, 48 h). MS: 374 [M+H]⁺. Rt3.4min. 'HNMR.

Method B. Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)-carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3 fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 4-aminopyrimidine. The synthesis was performed at

105

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

r.t. for 24 h. Water (15 mL) was, and the mixture kept at r.t. for 3 days to allow for product crystallization. MS: 374 [M+H]*. Rt 3.4 min. ‘HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(thiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Method A. Prepared according to the General Procedure for preparation of 5-(S)(N-acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substitutedamino)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’(pentafluorophenyl)-oxycarbonyl-3 ’-fluorophenyl]oxa-zolidine-2-one and 5-chloro-2aminothiazole in 10% pyridine in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (70 °C, 48 h). MS: 413 [M+H]*. 'HNMR.

Method B. Prepared according to Method B of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)- carbonyl-3’fluoro-phenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones by amide coupling of 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4’chlorocarbonyl-3 ’ -fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 5-chloro-2-aminothiazole hydrochloride in tetrahydrofuran (ca. 4 mL) and acetonitrile (2.5 mL) with pyridine (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at r.t., and methanol (ca. 7 mL) was added. Resulted precipitate of 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[4’-(thiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidi-ne- 2-one was filtered, washed with methanol (8 mL), diethyl ether, and dried in vacuo. Triphenylphosphine (0.31 g, 1.2 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (1.25 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1.25 mL) was added to above azide intermediate, and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 2 h. Water (0.1 mL) was added, and the mixture stirred overnight at 50 °C. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and resulting crude amine intermediate washed with excess diethyl ether. Tetrahydrofuran (8 mL) was added, followed by pyridine (0.5 mL) and acetic anhydride (0.5 mL), and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 30 min. Solvents were removed in vacuo, and resulting product washed with excess diethyl ether, water (2x3 mL), diethyl ether, and dried in vacuo.. MS: 413 [M+H]*. 'H NMR.

5-(S)-(Methylthio)acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(6”-chloropyridine-3”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)-carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-(methylthio)acetamidomethyl-3106

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 [4’-(pentafluorophenyl)-oxycarbonyl-3 ’-fluo-rophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one and 2-chloro-5aminopyridine. MS: 453 [M+H]⁺. To obtain the hydrochloride form of this compound, above material (45 mg, ca. 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) with 2M HCI in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL), filtered, solvents removed in vacuo, and the residue washed with excess of diethyl ether.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4^&gt;-(benzothiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’fluorophenyll -oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3 -[4’ -(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbony 1-3 ’ fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 2-aminobenzothiazole. The synthesis was performed at r.t. over 3 h. MS: 429 [M+H]⁺. Rt 4.6 min. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(6”-methoxybenzothiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’fluorophenyl)-oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3 ’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 6-methoxy-2-aminobenzothiazole. The synthesis was performed at r.t. over 3 h. MS: 459 [M+H]⁺. Rt 4.7 min. *11 NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(6”-methoxybenzothiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)-carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 5-methylthio-3-aminopyridine. The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight. MS: 419 [M+H]⁺. Rt 3.8 min. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(4”-amino-5”-phenylthiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbo-nyl3 ’-fluorophenyll-oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’107

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one and 2,4-diamino-5-phenylthiazole hydrobromide. The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight. MS: 470 [M+H]⁺. Rt 4.5 min. ‘H NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(5”-ethylthio-l,3,4-thiadiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substitutedamino)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenylJoxazolidine-2-one and 5-ethylthio-2-amino-l,3.4-thiadiazole. MS: 440 [Μ+ΗΓ. R,4.4min. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-( 1,3,4-thiadiazole-2”-yl)aminocarbo-nyl-3 fluorophenyl] oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method C of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substitutedamino)carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoIidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’fluorophenyl]oxazoIidine-2-one and 2-amino-l,3,4-thiadiazole. MS: 380 [M+H]⁺. R,3.6 min. ‘HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(imidazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-AcyIaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substitutedamino)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)(methylthio)acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.400 g, ca. 0.1 mmol) and 2-aminoimidazole sulfate (0.234 g, 2 mmol). The amine reagent was pre-dissolved in a mixture of 10% pyridine in N-methylpyrrolidine-2one (4 mL), bis-(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (0.5 mL), and 1,8diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.15 mL, 1 mmol) at 70 °C over 2 h. Coupling with the resin reagent was performed at r.t. over 48 h. The crude product after cleavage from resin was purified by reverse-phase HPLC. MS: 362 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(l,3,4-triazole-2”-yl)aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

108

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3 ’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)(methylthio)acetamidomethyl-3 -[4 ’ -(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3 ’ fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.400 g, ca. 0.1 mmol) and 2-amino-l,3,4-triazole (0.168 g, 2 mmol). The amine reagent was pre-dissolved in a mixture of 10% pyridine in Nmethylpyrrolidine-2-one (4 mL), bis-(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (0.5 mL) at 70 °C over 2 h. Coupling with the resin reagent was performed at 60 °C over 48 h. The crude product after cleavage from resin was purified by reverse phase HPLC. MS: 363 [M+H]⁺. R, 3.1 min. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-r4’-(pyridine-3”-yl-l”-oxide)aminocarbonyl-3’-fIuorphenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one

30% Aqueous hydrogen peroxide (0.05 mL) was added to 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl3-[4’-(3”-pyridylamino)carbonyl-3’-fluoro- phenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (7 mg, ca. 0.02 mmol) and methylrhenium trioxide (MTO, 0.9 mg) in N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one (0.15 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min at r.t., and solvents removed in vacuo (0.1 Torr, r.t.). The crude product was washed with methanol (0.5 mL) and diethyl ether. MS: 389 [M+H]⁺. R,3.3 min. 'HNMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-hydroxyaniinocarbonyl-3^&gt;-fluorophenyl'|oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method D of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3 ’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (0.046 g, 0.1 mmol) and O-trimethylsilylhydroxylamine (0.052 mL, ca. 0.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL). The synthesis was performed for 2 h at r.t. Diethyl ether (4 mL) was added, the precipitated product washed with diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (2 x 0.5 mL), excess ether, and dried in vacuo. MS: 312 [M+H]⁺. R, 2.8 min. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-f4’-methylaminocarbonyl-3’-fIuorophenyl1-oxazolidine-2-one

109

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Prepared according to Method D of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3 ’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)-acetamido-methyl-3-[4’(pentafluorophenyl)oxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one (0.046 g, 0.1 mmol) and 2 M methylamine in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL, 2 mmol). The synthesis was performed at r.t. for 45 min. Diethyl ether (4 mL) was added, the precipitated product washed with diethyl ether, tetrahydrofiiran (2 x 0.5 mL), excess ether, and dried in vacuo. MS: 310 [M+H]⁺. R, 3.2 min. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-/m«5—[’4”-Methoxyimino)cinnamoyl]methyl-3-f4’-aminocarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”-(un)substituted amino)carbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-[tfww~(4”methoxyimino)cinnamoyl)methyl-3-[4’-(pentafluorophenyI)oxycarbonyl-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.400 g, ca. 0.1 mmol) and 2 M ammonia in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL, ca. 10 mmol). The synthesis was performed at r.t. overnight. The crude product after cleavage from resin was purified by reverse phase HPLC. MS: 441 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-Amidomethyl-3-['4’-[(un)substituted r’,3”,5”-triazine-2”-yl'|amino-3^,-fluorophenyI]oxazolidine-2-one

An appropriate BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acylaminomethyl-3-[4’-(9”fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.06-0.1 mmol) was deprotected by agitation with 20% piperidine in DMF (4 mL) for 45 min. Resulted aniline resin was washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, and dried in vacuo. A solution of an appropriate halogen-substituted triazine reagent (preferably, a chlorotriazine derivative, 1-3 mmol) and organic base (preferably N,Ndiisopropyl-N-ethylamine or 2,6-di-t-butylpyridine, 3-6 mmol) in aprotic solvent (preferably, N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one, dichloromethane, 1,4-dioxane, or acetonitrile) was added, and the mixture agitated at 0-80 °C for 12-36 h (typically, at 0-40 °C overnight). Resulted aniline resin was washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, and dried in vacuo. When the triazine oxazolidinone contained 110

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 more than one halogen substituent, the reaction was optionally repeated using amine, thiol, or alcohol reagents as described above (40-80°C, 12-36 h). Washed and dry resin was cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5 ml, 2 h). Resulted supernatant was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product purified by HPLC or TLC.

-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3- [4 ’ -(4”-chloro-6”-1 ”,2”,3 ”-triazine-2”-yl)amino-3 ’fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fluorophen-yl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.06 mmol) was deprotected by agitation with 20% piperidine in DMF (4 mL) for 45 min. Resulted aniline resin was washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, and dried in vacuo. A solution of cyanuric trichloride (0.194 g, 1.0 mmol) and 2,6-di-tbutylpyridine (0.36 mL, 1.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added, and the mixture agitated at r.t. for 24 h. Resulted aniline resin was washed liberally with Ν,Νdimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, and dried in vacuo. 0.5 M Ammonia in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added, and the mixture agitated at r.t. for 24 h. The resin was washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dried in vacuo, and cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5 ml, 2 h). Resulting supernatant was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product purified by preparative TLC (eluent methanol - dichloromethane 1:10). MS: 396 [M+H]⁺. R, 3.6 min. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-Acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(4”,6”-dimethoxy-l”,3”,5”-triazine-2”-yl)amino-3’fluoro-phenyl]oxazolidine-2-one

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)Amidomethyl-3-[4’-[(un)substituted triazinyl]-3 ’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”fluorenylinethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fluorophe-nyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.06 mmol) and 2chloro-4,6-dimethoxytriazine (0.275 g, 1.5 mmol). Reaction of the immobilized aniline and the triazine reagent was repeated twice in a mixture of N-methylpyrrolidine-2-one and dichloromethane (1:1, 4 mL) at r.t. overnight. The crude cleaved product was purified by preparative TLC (eluent methanol - dichloromethane 1:10). MS: 407 [M+H]*. ‘H NMR.

Ill

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Acylamino Oxazolidinone Derivatives

General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-acylamino3’-fiuorophenylloxazolidine-2-ones

An appropriate BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)ami-no-3’-fluorophen-yl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) was deprotected by agitation with 20% piperidine in DMF (4 mL) for 45 min. Resulting aniline resin was washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, and dried in vacuo. Separately, N,N-diisopropyl-N-ethylamine (3-6 mmol; typically, 3 mmol) was added to selected carboxylic acid (1-2 mmol; typically, 1 mmol) and a coupling reagent [preferably, O-(7-azabenzotriazole-l-yl)-N,N,N’,N’tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate or diisopro-pylcarbodiimide; 3-6 mmol; typically, 3 mmol) in a polar aprotic solvent such as Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (7-10 mL, and the mixture agitated at r.t. for 20-30 min. Resulted solution of the pre-activated acid reagent was added to above aniline resin, and the mixture agitated at 20-60 °C for 6-24 h (typically, at r.t. overnight). The resin was washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dried in vacuo, and cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5 ml, 2 h). Resulting supernatant was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product purified by HPLC or TLC.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-acetamido-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyl)-3-[4'-acylamino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol). The intermediate aniline was acylated with the mixture of acetic anhydride - pyridine - dichloromethane (1:1.5:3,2 mL). Crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10 % methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.014 g (46 %). MS: 310 [M+H]⁺ . Ή NMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-(2”,4”-thiazole-5”-yl)carbonylamino-3’fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-ones

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-acylamino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’112

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 fluorophen-yl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol). Acylation was performed with 2,4dimethylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.157 g, 1 mmol) pre-activated with diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.086 mL, 0.55 mmol) and pyridine (0.081 mL, 1 mmol) in a mixture of Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide - dichloromethane 4:1 (2 mL) at r.t. overnight. Crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10 % methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.028 g (68 %). MS: 407 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-(pyridine-3”-yl)carbonylamino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-acylamino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’fluorophen-yl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.02 mmol). Acylation was performed with nicotinic acid (0.049 g, 0.40 mmol) pre-activated with O-(7-azabenzotriazole-l-yl)-N,N,N’,N’tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (0.160 g, 0.20 mmol) and N,N-diisopropyl-Nethylamine (0.21 mL, 1.20 mmol) in Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (1 mL) at r.t. overnight. Crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10 % methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.023 g (62 %). MS: 373 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

Sulfonamido Oxazolidinone Derivatives

General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-f4’sulfonamido-3 ’ -fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-ones

An appropriate BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acylaminomethyl-3-[4’-(9”fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)ami-no-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) was deprotected by agitation with 20% piperidine in DMF (4 mL) for 45 min. Resulted aniline resin was washed liberally with Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, and dried in vacuo. The resin was suspended in 20% pyridine in dichloromethane (2 mL), and a solution of selected sulfonyl chloride reagent (1-2 mmol; preferably, 1.25 mmol) in dichloromethane was added. The mixture was agitated at 20-40 °C for 12-36 h (typically, at r.t. overnight). Resin was filtered, washed with methanol, and suspended in 0.1M lithium hydroxide monohydrate in methanol (4 mL). The mixture was agitated at r.t. for 30-90 min (typically, for 90 min). The resin was filtered, washed liberally with Ν,Νdimethylformamide, dichloromethane, methanol, dried in vacuo, and cleaved with 60%

113

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5 ml, 2 h). Resulted supernatant was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product purified by HPLC or TLC.

5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-methylsulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyl1oxazolidine-2-ones

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-sulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)acylaminomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3^,fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.2 mL, 1.25 mmol). The crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.022 g (65%). MS (m/z): 346 [M+H]⁺. Ή NMR.

5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-f4’-(benzo-2” l”,3”thiadiazole-4”-yl)sulfon-amido3 ’ -fluoropheny 1] oxazolidine-2-ones

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-sulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from 5-(S)acylaminomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fluorophenyl] oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) and benzo-2,l,3-thiadiazole-4-sulfonyl chloride (0.295 g,

1.25 mmol). The crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.024 g (52%). MS (m/z): 466 [M+H]⁺.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-(4”,5”-dibromothiophene-2”-yl)sulfonami-do3 ’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one.

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-sulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acylaminomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’fluorophen-yl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) and 2,3-dibromothiophene-5-sulfonyl chloride (0.43 g, 1.25 mmol). The crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.044 g (77%). 'HNMR. MS (m/z): 572 [M+H]⁺.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-r4’-(6”-chloroimidazo[2,l-b1thiazole-5”yl)sulfonamido-3 ’ -fluorophenylloxazolidine-2-one.

114

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-sulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones from from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acylamino-methyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-amino3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidi-ne-2-one (0.1 mmol) and 6-chloro-imidazo[2,l-b]thiazole-5sulfonyl chloride (0.32 g, 1.25 mmol). The crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.019 g (39%). Ή NMR. MS (m/z): 572 [M+H]⁺.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-(2”-acetamido-4”-methyIthiazole-5”-yl)sulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyl1oxazolidine-2-one.

Prepared according to the General Procedure for Preparation of 5-(S)-(NAcylaminomethyI)-3-[4’-sulfonamido-3’-fluorophenyI]oxazolidine-2-ones from from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acylamino-methyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-amino3’-fluorophenyl]oxazoIidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) and 2-acetamido-4-methyl-5thiazolesulphonyl chloride (0.32 g, 1.25 mmol). The crude cleaved product was purified by TLC (eluent: 10% methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.025 g (52%). ’H NMR. MS (m/z): 486 [M+H]⁺.

5-(S)-(N-Acetamidomethyl)-3-|’4’-(N-methyl)inethylsulfonamido-3^,-fluorophenyl'|oxazolidine-2-one

BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-(N-acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-methylsulfonamido-3’fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one was prepared from from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)acylaminomethyl-3-[4’-(9”-fluorenyhnethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one (0.1 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.2 mL, 1.25 mmol) as described above in the synthesis of 5-(S)-(N-acetamidomethyl)-3-[4’-methylsulfonamido3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one. N-Methylpyrrolidi-ne-2-one (2 ml) was added, followed by methyl iodide (0.16 ml, 2.5 mmol) and l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.37 ml, 2.5 mmol). The mixture was agitated overnight at r.t. The resin was filtered, washed thoroughly with dichloromethane and methanol, and dried under vacuum. Oroduct was cleaved with 60% trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane (5 mL, 2 h), solvent

115

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 removed under vacuum, and the crude product purified by TLC (eluent: 10 % methanol in dichloromethane). Yield 0.017 g (48 %). ‘H NMR. MS (m/z): 360 [M+H]⁺.

Procedures for Preparation of 3-(Heteroaryl)oxazolidine-2-one Derivatives.

5-(S)-Azidomethyloxazolidine-2-one

5-(R)-Chloromethyloxazolidine-2-one (prepared according to [Danielmeier et al. Efficient Pathways to (R)- and (S)-hydroxymethyl-2-oxazoIidinone and some derivatives. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry. 1995, vol. 6, pp. 1181-1190] (5 mmol) is reacted with sodium azide (7-10 mmol) in acetone (ca. 40-50 mL) at r.t. for ca. 24 h (until the reaction is completed). Solids are filtered off, and supernatant evaporated under vacuum to afford the product which is immediately used for the next step. Optionally, the synthesis is performed in dry Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide under inert atmosphere with sodium azide (5-10 mmol) or tetrabutylammonium azide (5-10 mmol), and the resulting solution of the crude 5-(S)-azidomethyloxazolidine-2-one is employed for the next step without solvent removal.

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-(heteroaryl)oxazolidine-2-ones and Application Thereof for

Preparation of 3-(Heteroaryl)oxazolidine-2-ones

An appropriate heteroarylchloride or heteroarylbromide (e.g. pyridyl, pyrimidyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl halide; 5 mmol) is added to the solution of 5-(S)azidomethyloxazolidine-2-one (ca. 5 mmol) in dry Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (ca. 30-50 mL) at 0-20 °C (typically, at 10 -15 °C), followed by addition of a strong base (typically, sodium hydride, 5-15 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 20-120 °C for 2-24 h (typically, for 6 h at r.t.). Excess base is carefully quenched with acetic acid (to pH ca. 5-7), and most of the solvent is removed under vacuum. Water is added, and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined organic layers are washed with water, 3% aq. citric acid, water, and the crude product purified by crystallization from appropriate solvents or by silica gel chromatography. Resulted 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-(hetero-aryl)oxazolidine-2-ones are immobilized on BAL resin just as described above for the synthesis of BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-[4’-/er/-butoxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2one, and the polymeric reagents thus obtained are used for synthesis of 3116

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 (heteroaryl)oxazolidine-2-ones analogously to described above procedures for the synthesis of respective 3-(fluorophenyl)oxazolidinones.

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-r5’-methoxycarbonyl-6’-trifluoromethylpyrimidine-2’yl]oxazolidine-2-one

The compound is prepared according to above protocol for the synthesis of 5-(S)azidomethyl-3-heteroaryloxazolidine-2-onesffom2-chloro-5-methoxycarbonyl-6trifluoromethylpyrimidine (1 mmol) and 5-(S)-azidomethyloxazolidine-2-one (1.2 mmol) in Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide (5 mL). The reaction is performed with 60% sodium hydride in oil (3 mmol) at 15-20 °C for ca. 2 h. The crude product is purified by silica gel chromatography.

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-[5’-carboxy-6’-trifluoromethylpyrimidine-2’-yl)oxazoli-dine2-one

0.2 M Lithium or sodium hydroxide in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran - water (ca. 10 mL, 2 mmol) is added to 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[5’-methoxycarbonyl-6’trifluoromethylpyrimidine-2’-yl]oxazolidine-2-one (1 mmol), and the mixture stirred at r.t. until the reaction is completed (by TLC analysis). Tetrahydrofuran is removed under vacuum, 3% aq. citric acid is added (to pH ca. 2-4), and the acid product is extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers are washed with water, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent removed under vacuum and the crude product is purified by silica gel chromatography.

BAL Resin Immmobilized 5-(S)-Aminomethyl-3-[5’-carboxy-6’trifluoromethylpyrimidine-2’-yl1oxazolidine-2-one and Its Application Its Preparation of 3(Pyrimidyl)oxazolidine-2-ones.

Triphenylphosphine (3 mmol) is added to a mixture of BAL aldehyde resin (0.3 mmol) and 5-(S)-azidomethyl-3-[5’-hydroxy-6’-trifluoromethylpyrimidine-2’yl]oxazolidine-2-one (3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) with bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (ca. 6 mmol) under nitrogen at r.t.. The mixture is agitated at room temperature for 2 h and then at 75 °C for 16 h. The mixture is cooled to room temperature, and 1M sodium cyanoborohydride in THF (6 mL, 6 mmol) is added in one portion. The reaction mixture is agitated for 6-8 h, resulted amine resin filtered, washed liberally with methanol and dichloromethane, and dried under vacuum. BAL resin immmobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-[5’-carboxy-6’-trifluoromethylpyrimidine-2’117

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/0I318 yl]oxazolidine-2-one thus obtained is further used for synthesis of 3(pyrimidyl)oxazolidine-2-ones just as described above for the synthesis of respective 3(fluorophenyl)oxazolidinones from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-[4’carboxy-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one.

3-(Pyridine-2-yl)oxazolidinone Derivatives t-Butyl 6-chloronicotinate.

Thionyl chloride (25 mL) was added to 6-chloronicotinic acid (5.00 g, 0.0317 mol) containing 1 drop of Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, and the mixture heated under reflux for 2 h. The solution was evaporated under vacuum, and residue thoroughly dried under vacuum. The acid chloride thus obtained was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and 1 M lithium t-butoxide in tetrahydrofuran (66.6 mL, 0.0666 mol) added dropwise at r.t. The mixture was stirred overnight, diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with sat. aqueous NaHCO₃, brine and dried (MgSOJ. Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the pure ester as an off white solid. Yield 6.23 g (92%). Ή NMR. MS (m/z): 214 [M+H]⁺.

3-(t-Butoxycarbonyl)-6-f(R)-propane-1,2-diol-3-yl]aminopyridine

A mixture of t-butyl 6-chloronicotinate (4.69 g, 0.0220 mol) and (R)-3-amino-l,2propanediol (5.00g, 0.0549 mol) in isopropanol (20 ml) was heated at 100 °C overnight. Solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue taken up in ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO₄), and evaporated to give nearly pure product as a yellow oil. Yield 5.90 g (99%). 'HNMR. MS: 269 [M+H]⁺.

5-(R)-Hydroxymethyl-3-[3”-(t-butoxycarbonyl)pyridine-6”-yl]oxazolidine-2-one

Triethylamine (0.0518 mL, 0.558 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-(t-butoxycarbonyl)-6-[(R)-propane-l,2-diol-3-yl]aminopyridine (0.100 g, 0.372 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL). The mixture was cooled in an ice bath, and 20% phosgene in toluene (0.236 mL, 0.446 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring. The reaction was allowed to warm to r.t. and stirred for at r.t. for 2 h. Water (3 mL) was added, and the organic layer separated, washed with brine and dried (MgSO₄). Evaporation under vacuum afforded a white solid residue which was purified by flash column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate-hexanes 1:1). Yield 0.093 g (85%). 'HNMR. MS (m/z): 295 [M+H]⁺.

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-[3”-(t-butoxycarbonyl)pyridine-6”-yl'loxazolidine-2-one

118

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

Methanesulfonyl chloride (1.38 mL, 0.0179 mol) was added dropwise with stirring to a solution of 5-(R)-hydroxymethyl-3-[3’-(t-butoxycarbonyl)pyridine-6”-yl]oxazolidine2- one (5.00 g, 0.0170 mol) and triethylamine (3.55 mL, 0.0255 mol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to r.t. and then poured into water. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, sat. aq. NaHCO₃, brine, and dried (MgSO₄). Solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the mesylate intermediate. The intermediate thus obtained was heated with sodium azide (5.53 g, 0.085 mol) in Ν,Νdimethylformamide (ca. 40 mL) at 65 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (ca. 100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers was washed with water and brine, and dried (MgSO₄). The solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate - hexanes) to afford the pure product. Rt 5.0 min. Ή NMR. MS (m/z): 320 [M+H]+.

5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3 - [3”- [ (un)substituted amino~|carbonylpyridine-6”yl]oxazolidine-2-ones

5-(S)-Azidomethyl-3-[3’-(t-butoxycarbonyl)pyridine-6”-yl]oxazolidine-2-one is immobilized on BAL-type resin with triphenylphosphine and soodium cyanoborohydride as described above for preparation of BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-aminomethyl-3-[4’/cr/-butoxycarbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-one. The polymeric reagent thus obtained is deprotected as described for the preparation of BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)aminomethyl-3-[4’-carboxy-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-one, and resulting BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-(N-acylaminomethyl)-3-(3”-carboxypyridine-6”-yl)oxazolidine-2-one employed for the synthesis of 5-(S)-(N-acylaminomethyl)-3-[3”-[(un)substituted amino]carbonylpyridine-6”-yl]-oxazolidine-2-ones analogously to the Method A of the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-[(un)substituted amino]-carbonyl-3’-fluorophenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones 7.

BAL Resin Immobilized 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[3”-(9”’fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridine-6”-yl]oxazolidine-2-ones and Application

Thereof for Preparation of 3-(Pyridyl)oxazolidinones

The compound prepared from BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-(N-acylaminomethyl)3- (3”-carboxypyridine-6”-yl)oxazolidine-2-on as described above in the procedure for preparation of BAL resin immobilized 5-(S)-acetamidomethyl-3-[4’-(9”119

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amino-3’-fluorophe-nyl]oxazolidine-2-one. The polymeric reagent thus obtained is further employed, e.g., for synthesis of respective 3’’-acylated and 3”-sulfonylated 3-(pyridyl)oxazoIidinones just as described above in the General Procedures for Preparation of 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-acylamino-3’fluorophenyl]-oxazolidine-2-ones 5-(S)-(N-Acylaminomethyl)-3-[4’-sulfonamido-3’fluoro-phenyl]oxazolidine-2-ones [except that resulting products incorporate 3(pyridyl)oxazolidinone group instead of 3-(fluorophenyl)oxazolidinone group].

Preparation of immobilized epoxide (12a). To PNP resin (23a) (0.5 g, 0.77 mmol/g loading) at room temperature was added allylamine (125 pL, 1.67 mmol) in 2mL of DMF. The resin was shaken overnight and then filtered. It was sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. After being dried in vacuo, the olefin resin (24a, 100 mg) was treated with wiCPBA (80%, 72 mg, 0.355 mmol) in DCM for 16 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the resin was washed with DCM. Epoxide resin 12a was provided upon drying in vacuo. See Figure 25.

General method for the reaction of immobilized epoxide 5 with an amine. To epoxide resin 12a at room temperature was added lithium triflate (LiOTf, 5 equivalents) and the amine (1 M in ACN, 10 equivalents). The mixture was shaken at room temperature for 15 hours, providing resin bound amino alcohol. The resin was filtered and sequentially washed with ACN and DMF. Treatment of the resin with TFA in DCM cleaved the amino alcohol. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin washed with DCM. Concentration of the filtrate in vacuo provided the free amino alcohol.

Amino Alcohol Library. To an array of individual reaction chambers each containing particles or beads of epoxide resin 12a (25 mg) in ACN was added lithium triflate and an amine unit (0.5 mmol). The amine units of Table 2 were used. The array was shaken at room temperature for 15 hours, filtered and sequentially washed with ACN and DMF. The amino alcohol resin was cleaved upon treatment with TFA. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. A plurality of amino alcohols was provided upon concentration of the filtrate array in vacuo.

General method for the preparation of oxazolidinones. To the resin bound amino alcohol 8a in DMF at room temperature was added N-methylmorpholine (NMM, 10 equivalents) and carbonyldiimidazole (CDI, 5 equivalents). The resin was shaken for 10

120

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 hrs, filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. Treatment of the resin with TFA in DCM for 0.5 hr cleaved the oxazolidinone. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to yield an oxazolidinone amine residue 16a. Semi-preparative HPLC provided pure oxazolidinone amine.

Acetylation of Oxazolidinone Amine. To the crude oxazolidinone amine residue 16a in DCM at room temperature was added pyridine (30 equivalents) and acetic anhydride (20 equivalents). The solution was stirred for 2 hrs and concentrated in vacuo. The oxazolidinone acetamide residue was purified by HPLC to provide pure oxazolidinone acetamide.

Oxazolidinone Library, To an array of individual reaction chambers each containing particles or beads of epoxide resin 12a (25 mg) in CAN was added lithium triflate and an amine unit (0.5 mmol). The amine units of Table 2 were used. The array was shaken at room temperature for 15 hours, filtered and sequentially washed with CAN and DMF. To the array of amino alcohol resin was added NMM (10 equivalents) and CDI (5 equivalents). The array was shaken at room temperature for 10 hours, filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The oxazolidinone resin was cleaved upon treatment with TFA. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate array was concentrated in vacuo and dissolved in DCM, and treated with pyridine (20 equivalents) and acetic anhydride (10 equivalents) for 30 min. A plurality of oxazolidinones was provided upon concentration of the solution array in vacuo.

Preparation ofN-[(3-phenyl-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl)methyl1acetamide (22a).

To epoxide resin 12a (100 mg) in ACN at room temperature was added LiOTf (50 mg, 0.32 mmol) followed by aniline (61 pL, 0.66 mmol). After 16 hrs, the mixture was filtered and the resin sequentially washed with ACN and DMF. The resin (50 mg) in DMF (0.5 mL) was treated with CDI (27 mg, 0.17 mmol) and NMM (50 pL) to provide resin bound oxazolidinone 20a. The mixure was allowed to stand for 2 hours, after which the resin was filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The resin was treated with TFA (90% in DCM, 1 mL) for lh, filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide a residue (21a). The residue was treated for 1 h at 0 °C with triethylamine (18 pL, 0.13 mmol) and acetyl chloride (10 pL, 0.13 mmol). In vacuo

121

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 concentration of the reaction mixture provided crude product, which was purified by semipreparative HPLC to give oxazolidinone 22a (3.6 mg).

Direct preparation of oxazolidinone 20a.

To a solution of N-phenyl O-benzyl carbamate (152 mg, 0.67 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at -78 °C was added n-butyl lithium (1.5 M, 0.6 mL, 0.9 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, epoxide resin 12a (100 mg) was added to the reaction mixture. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. Saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction mixture. The resin was filtered and sequentially washed with water, DMF and DCM. A portion of the resin was treated with TFA (90% in DCM, 1 mL) to cleave the oxazolidinone, which was isolated upon in vacuo concentration.

Preparation ofN-|~(3-(4-bromophenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl)methyl]-acetamide·

To epoxide resin 12a (300 mg) in ACN (2 mL) at room temperature was added LiOTf (219 mg, 1.41 mmol) followed by 4-bromoaniline (0.5 g, 2.9 mmol). The reaction mixture allowed to stand overnight. The resin was then filtered, washed sequentially with ACN, DMF and DCM and dried in vacuo. The resin (230 mg) was suspended in DMF (2 mL) at room temperature and treated with CDI (125 mg, 0.77 mmol) and NMM (84 pL, 0.77 mmol). After shaking overnight, the resin was filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. To a portion of the resin (20 mg) was added TFA (50% in DCM, 1 mL) at room temperature and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide a residue. Acetic anhydride (0.1 mL) and pyridine (0.1 mL) were added to the residue in DCM (2 mL). The mixture was concentrated and purified by semi-preparative HPLC to give N-[(3-(4-bromophenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl)methyl]-acetamide (2 mg, 41% theoretical yield). ’H NMR.

Preparation of N-rf3-(3-fluoro-4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl1methyl]acetamide (28a).

To epoxide resin 5a (100 mg) in ACN (1.0 mL) at room temperature was added LiOTf (78 mg, 0.5 mmol) followed by 3-fluoro-4-morpholinylaniline (197 mg, 1.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight. The resin was then filtered, sequentially washed with ACN, DMF and DCM and dried in vacuo. A portion of the resin (25a) was suspended in DMF (0.8 mL) and treated with CDI (60 mg, 0.38 mmol) and

122

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

NMM (100 gL, 0.91 mmol). After shaking overnight, the resin was filtered and washed sequentially with DMF and DCM. To a portion of the resin (26a, 48 mg) was added TFA (90% in DCM, 1 mL) and the resulting mixture was allowed to stand for 1 h. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide a residue. Acetyl chloride (12 gL, 0.17 mmol) and triethylamine (37 gL, 0.268 mmol) were added to the residue in DCM (2 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was concentrated and purified by semi-preparative HPLC to give N-[[(3-(3-fluoro-4-morphoIinylphenyl)-2-oxo-5oxazolidinyl]methyl]-acetamide 28a (1.8 mg, 15% theoretical yield). ’H NMR.

Preparation ofN-[[3-(4-fluoro-2-morpholinyIphenyl)-2-oxo-5oxazolidinyl]methyl]-acetamide. To epoxide resin 12a (50 mg) in methanol (0.5 mL) was added 4-fluoro-2-morpholinylaniline (50 mg, 0.255 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C overnight and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The resin was filtered, sequentially washed with methanol and DCM and dried in vacuo. To the resin in DMF (0.5 mL) was added CDI (25 mg, 0.15 mmol) and NMM (50 gL, 0.45 mmol). The reaction mixture was shaken for 4 hrs. The mixture was filtered, and the resin was sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. A portion of the resin (19 mg) was treated with TFA (90% in DCM, 1 mL) for lh. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the resin was washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated to provide a residue. The residue was dissolved in DCM (2 mL) and treated with pyridine (100 gL) and acetic anhydride (100 gL) at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by semi-preparative HPLC to give N-[[3-(4-fluoro-2-morpholinylphenyl)-2-oxo-5oxazolidinyl]methyl]acetamide (1.8 mg, 36% theoretical yield). Ή NMR.

Attachment of Amine 32a to a solid support. To dry Peg HS HC1 resin (30 g, Perseptive Inc.) was added DIEA (30% in DCM, 150 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The resin was filtered, sequentially washed with DCM, methanol and DCM and dried in vacuo. To 30 g. (18 mmol) of the resin in DMF (80 mL) were added Bal Linker 30a (8.04 g, 1.7 eq., Perseptive Inc.), HATU (11.3 g, 1.6 eq.) and DIEA (18 mL, 3.5 eq.). The reaction mixture was allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the resin was sequentially washed with DMF, MeOH, DCM and TMOF. To the resin was added amine 32a (18.2 g, 3 eq.) in 100 mL of TMOF. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, after which 50 mL of a NaBH₃(CN)-THF solution

123

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 (1 M) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min., filtered and sequentially washed with methanol and DCM. In vacuo concentration of the filtrate afforded amine resin 33a. Cleavage of a portion of the resin with TFA provided a 70% theoretical loading yield (0.6 mmol/g) of amine 32a. Ή NMR.

Preparation of amides derived from amine 33a. To amine resin 33a (25 mg) in DMF (1 mL) at room temperature was added a solution of carboxylic acid (0.5 mmol) and diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.25 mmol). After 16 hrs, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the resin 36a was sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The resin was treated with TFA (90% in DCM) to provide the free amide 37a, which was obtained upon filtration and in vacuo concentration. HPLC and MS analysis of the amide residue showed that it was of greater than 80% purity.

Preparation of sulfonamides derived from amine 33a.

To amine resin 33a (25 mg) was added a solution of sulfonyl chloride (0.5 mmol) in DCM at room temperature. After standing for 16 hrs, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the resin was sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The resin was treated with TFA (90% in DCM) to provide the free sulfonamide 35a, which was obtained upon filtration and in vacuo concentration. HPLC and MS analysis of the amide residue showed that it was of greater than 80% purity.

Preparation of ureas derived from amine 33a.

To amine resin 33a (25 mg) was added a solution of isocyanate (0.5 mmol) in DCM at room temperature. After standing for 16 hrs, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the resin was sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The resin was treated with TFA (90% in DCM) to provide the free urea 39a, which was obtained upon filtration and in vacuo concentration. HPLC and MS analysis of the amide residue showed that it was of greater than 80% purity.

Preparation of phenylsulfide derivatives from amine 33a.

To amine resin 33a was added a solution of bromoacetic acid (3 eq.) and DIC (1.5 eq.) in DMF at room temperature. After 16 hrs, the reaction mixture was filtered to provide the bromoacetyl derivative 40a. The resin was sequentially washed with DMF and DCM and dried in vacuo. To the resin (50 mg) in DMF was added potassium carbonate (50 mg) and thiophenol (0.5 mmol). The mixture was shaken overnight, filtered and

124

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318 sequentially washed with DMF, water, DMF and DCM. The resin was treated with TFA (90% in DCM) to afford the sulfide (5.0 mg, 40% theoretical yield).

Method of Wittig Reaction from Acetyl Bromide 40a.

To the bromoacetyl resin (40, 50 mg) in DMF (lmL) was added triphenylphosphine (10 equivalents). After 16 hrs at room temperature, the resin was washed with DMF, and treated with potassium carbonate (20 equivalents) and benzaldehyde (10 equivalents) for 16 hrs at room temperature. The resin was washed with DMF, water, DMF and DCM, and cleaved with TFA (50% in DCM) to give (S)-N-[[3-(3fluoro-4-morpholinylphenyl)-2-oxo-5-oxazolidinyl]methyl] cinnamamide (44): ‘HNMR (300 MHz) 7.62 (d, &gt;15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.33 (m, 6H), 7.09 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H,), 6.53 (d, J =15.6 Hz, 1H,), 4.87-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.08 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.86 (t, J=4.2 Hz, 4 H), 3.84-3.63 (m, 3H), 3.05 (t, J=4.2 Hz, 4H); MS (m/z) 426 (M⁺+l).

Arylsulfide Library.

To an array of individual reaction chambers each containing particles or beads of bromoacetyl resin 40a in DMF is added potassium carbonate and a thiol unit at room temperature. The thiol units designated in Table 1 are used. The array is shaken for 10 hrs, filtered and sequentially washed with DMF, water, DMF and DCM. The thio alcohol resin is cleaved upon treament with TFA. The resin is filtered and washed with DCM. A plurality of sulfides is provided upon concentration of the filtrate array in vacuo.

Preparation of an amide library derived from amine 33a.

To an array of individual reaction chambers each containing particles or beads of amine resin 33a in DMF was added a solution of a carboxylic acid unit and diisopropylcarbodiimide. The carboxylic acid units designated in Table 4 were used. The array was shaken at room temperature for 16 hrs, filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The amide resin was cleaved upon treament with TFA. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. A plurality of amides was provided upon concentration of the filtrate array in vacuo.

Preparation of a sulfonamide library derived from amine 33a.

To an array of individual reaction chambers each containing particles or beads of amine resin 33 in DCM was added a solution of a sulfonyl chloride unit. The sulfonyl chloride units designated in Table 3 were used. The array was allowed to stand for 16 hrs.

125

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

It was then filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The sulfonamide resin was cleaved upon treatment with TFA. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. A plurality of sulfonamides was provided upon concentration of the filtrate array in vacuo.

Preparation of a urea library derived from amine 33a,

To an array of individual reaction chambers each containing particles or beads of amine resin 33a in DCM was added a solution of an isocyanate unit. The isocyanates of Table 3 were used. The array was allowed to stand for 16 hrs. It was then filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The urea resin was cleaved upon treatment with TFA. The resin was filtered and washed with DCM. A plurality of ureas was provided upon concentration of the filtrate array in vacuo.

Preparation of an amide library using the amine units in Figure 30

To an array of individual reaction chambers each containing particles or beads of aldehyde functionalized resin 31a is added an amine subunit in TMOF. The subunits listed in Figure 30 are used. The mixture is stirred for 1 h, after which a NaBH₃(CN)-THF solution is added. The reaction is stirred for 30 min., filtered and sequentially washed with methanol and DCM. In vacuo concentration of the filtrate affords the respective amine resins. The respective amine resin is placed in an array of individual reaction chambers.

To the individual reaction chambers is added a solution of a carboxylic acid unit and diisopropylcarbo-diimide. The carboxylic acid units designated in Table 4 are used. The array is shaken at room temperature for 16 hrs, filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The amide resin is cleaved upon treatment with TFA. The resin is filtered and washed with DCM. A plurality of amides is provided upon concentration of the filtrate array in vacuo.

Preparation of an amide library using the amine units in Figures 29, 30, and 31

To epoxide resin 7a (X = NH) in DMF is added a solution of a carboxylic acid unit and diisopropylcarbodiimide. The carboxylic acid units designated in Table 4 are used. After 3 hours, the resin is filtered, sequentially washed with DMF and DCM, and dried in vacuo. The respective resin is placed in an array of individual reaction chambers. To the resin in CAN in the individual reaction chambers is added LiOTf followed by an amine unit. The amine units shown in Figures 29, 30, and 31 are used. The array is shaken at room temperature for 15 hours, filtered and sequentially washed with CAN and DMF. To

126

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 the array of amino alcohol resins is added NMM (10 equivalents) and CDI (5 equivalents). The array is shaken at room temperature for 10 hours, filtered and sequentially washed with DMF and DCM. The oxazolidinone resin is cleaved upon treatment with TFA. The resin is filtered and washed with DCM. A plurality of oxazolidinones is provided upon concentration of the solution array in vacuo. (The amines of Figures 29, 30, and 31 can be made according to procedures described in the following publications: U.S. Pat. No. 4,948,801; U.S. Pat. No. 4,705,799; U.S. Pat. No. 5,164,510; U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,538; U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,565; U.S. Pat. No. 5,182,403; U.S. Pat. No. 5,247,090; U.S. Pat. No. 5,231,188; U.S. Pat. No. 4,461,773; EP 0 785 201 Al; WO 97/19089; DE 196 01 265 Al; WO 97/27188; EP 0 789 026 Al; DE 196 01 264 Al; DE 196 04 223 Al; WO 97/30995; WO 97/09328; Van Delft et al. (1997) Synthesis 450-454; Wang et al. (1989) Tetrahedron 45:1323-1326; and Denis et al. (1994) Bioorg. &amp; Med. Chem. Lett. 4:1925-1930; which are hereby incorporated by reference.)

Assay Protocol for β-Lactamase Inhibition. The lactamase (20-120 ng/mL) was incubated with a potential inhibitor with 1% DMSO in 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, with 0.005% Brij-35 for 30 min at room temperature. 100 μΜ of nitrocefm was then added to the reaction mixture and the hydrolysis of the nitrocefin was monitored by measuring the absorption increase at 490 nm. Inhibition of the potential compounds was calculated by comparing the rate of absorption increase with the control sample which containing the identical mixture except inhibitors. The IC50, was obtained by fitting the inhibition data into a standard 2-parameter IC5Q equation with a non-linear least-square fitting program (DeltaGraph).

Assay Protocol for Antimicrobial Activity. Minimum inhibitory concentrations (MICs) were determined using the microdilution method in 96-well format plates. Compounds were suspended in DMSO at 5 or 10 mg/ml and stored at 4°C until used.

They were diluted in Mueller-Hinton Broth (MHB) or Trypticase Soy Broth (TSB) and used for MIC determination. The range of concentrations tested was 64-0.0625 pg/ml final concentration using a two-fold dilution system.

The inoculum was prepared from cells grown on Trypticase Soy Agar (TSA) and incubated overnight at 35 °C, 5 to 10 colonies were used to inoculate MHB or TSB broths,

127

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 and the culture was incubated overnight at 35°C. The overnight culture was diluted 1:10, incubated for one hour at 35°C, diluted to the appropriate inoculum size and applied to the wells containing broth and test compound. Inoculum sizes were lxlO³ to 5xl0³ CFU/ml. Strains used included P. aeruginosa VPAE1001, E.faecium FVEFA1001, E.faecium VanA VEFA1002, S. aureus VSAU1003, S. aureus MRSA VSAU1004, E. coli VEC05, and E. coli (arc-) VEC05.

Plates were incubated at 35°C for 48 hours and MIC were recorded after 18 hours of incubation, for bacteria, and 48 for yeasts. MIC was defined as the lowest concentration of compound that does not produce visible growth after incubation.

Antimicrobial Activity for Representative Compounds in Animals

In vivo data was obtained for representative compounds i, ii, and iii to demonstrate the practical utility of the oxazolidinone compounds for treatment of a bacterial infection in animals.

<img file="NZ505902A_D0139.tif" />

iii

CD1 female mice (Charles River Laboratories) weighing 18-22 grams were injected intraperitoneally with 0.2 ml of a suspension containing 3 * 10’ cfii of S’, aureus (Smith strain) in 7% hog gastric mucosa (mucin). The mice were treated, either intravenously (i.v.) or orally (p.o.), 1 h and 5 h after infection. Five groups of six mice each were given different dosage levels representing two-fold dilutions of each compound (range of 25 mg/kg -1.56 mg/kg). The compounds were all formulated in 40% aqueous hydroxypropyl-beta-cyclodextrin in PBS and untreated controls were dosed with vehicle alone.

128

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O13J8

Mortality in each group was monitored daily for 6 days and cumulative mortality was used to determine the 50% protective doses (PD_S0) which were calculated using the method of Reed and Muench [(a) Lorian, V. Antibiotics in laboratory medicine. Baltimore: Williams &amp; Wilkins. 1996, p. 635-636; (b) Reed, L. J.; Muench H. A simple method of estimating fifty percent endpoints. Am. J. Hyg. 1938,27, pp. 493-497] (Table 1). For animals receiving vehicle alone, there was a 79% mortality rate (19/24) in the p.o. dosing group and an 88% mortality rate (15/17) in the i.v. group; giving a total mortality rate for untreated controls of 83%.

PD_S0 for above compounds was in a range 2.3-7.2 mg/kg for i.v. administration and

7.5-14.9 mg/kg for p.o. administration, with compound iii being the most preferred.

Table 1: Thiols

2-mercaptobenzothiazole

2-mercapto-4-methylpyrimidine HC1

2-mercaptothiazoline

2-mercaptopyridine

2-mercapto-(3H)-quinazoline

2-mercapto-l-methyl imidazole

5-(methylthio)-1,3,4-thiodiazole-2-thiol

2-mercapto-6-thien-2-yl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile thiazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-2-thioI

4-(4-methoxyphenyl)pyrimidine-2-thiol

2-mercapto-3 -(trifluoromethyl)pyridine

4.6- dimethyl-2-mercaptopyridine-3-carbonitrile

4- trifluoromethylpyrimidine-2-thiol ethyl 3-cyano-2-mercapto-6-methylpyridine-4-carboxylate

2-mercapto-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridme

5- chloro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole

4- methyl-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol

2.4.6- trimethylbenzylmercaptan

2- quinolinethiol

8-quinolinethiol HC1

3- chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine-2-thiol

7-trifluoromethyl-4-quindine-thiol

2,4,6,-trichlorobenzenethiol

5- [3-(trifluoromethyl)benzylthio]-l,3,4-thiadiazole-2-thiol

4- (4-chlorophenyl)pyrimidine thiomalic acid

129

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

2,6-dichlorobenzenethiol

4- hydroxythiophenol

5- (4,5-dichloroimidazole)

3- mercaptopropionic acid

3.4- dichlorobenzenethiol

2,6,-dichlorobenzenethiol

2-methoxybenzenethiol

2-bromothiophenol

4- fluorothiophenol

4-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)benzenethiol 3 -(trifluoromethy l)benzenethiol thiolactic acid

3.4- dimethoxybenzenethiol

4-methoxybenezenethiol

2-(trifluoromethyl)benzenethiol

4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzylthiol

Table 2: Amines

4-iodoaniline

2- iodoaniline

4- phenoxyaniline

3- trifluoromethylamine m-anisidine o-anisidine

2- trifluoromethylaniline

3- chloroaniline

1.4- benzodioxane-6-amine

5- aminoindan

3.4- (methy lenedioxy )-aniline

3- phenoxyaniline

4- morpholinoaniline

4-amino-1 -benzyl-piperidine

2- Bromoanaline

3- fluoroanaline

4- trifluoromethoxy aniline

4-methylymercaptoaniline

3- bromoaniline

2- fluoroaniline

4- fluoroaniline

2.4- difluoroaniline

3.4- difluoroaniline

2.5- difluoroaniline

-amino-5,6,7,8,-tetrahydronapthalene

3.5- difluoroaniline

3- fluorobenzylamine

130

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

4-fluorobenzylamine

4-aminoacetophenone

4-aminobenzophenone

-benzyloxyaniline

-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole

4-(2-aminoethyl)-morpholine m-phenetidine

3- chloro-4-fluoroaniline

2-bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline

2-amino-3-benzyloxypyridine

2'-aminoacetophenone

4- aminobenzoic acid

4-aminobiphenyl '-aminocetophenone

4-(3'-aminopropyl)morpholine aminopyrazine

2- aminopyridine

3- aminopyridine

4- aminopyridine

6-aminoquinoline

8-aminoquinoline

4-aminoveratrole

4-bromo-2,6-difluoroaniline

4-bromo-2-fluoroaniline

4-bromo-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline

4-bromo-3-methylaniline

2-bromo-4-fluoroaniline

2- bromo-4-methylaniline

-bromo-4-methy laniline

4-butoxyaniline

3- fiuoro-4-methylaniline

4- aminoquinaldine

2-chloro-4,6-dimethylaniline

2-chloro-4-aminotoluene

2-chloro-4-fluoroaniline

4- chloroaniline

2.4- dibromo-6-fluoroaniline

2.4- dibromoaniline

2.5- dibromoaniline

2.4- dichloroaniline

2.5- dichloroaniline

3.4- dichloroaniline

3.5- dichloroaniline

2,3-difluoroaniline

Ν,Ν-dimethy-1,4-phenylenediamine

5- fluoro-2-methylaniline

131

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

2-fluoro-4-iodoaniline

5- amino-2-methoxpyridine

2-methylmercapto)-aniline sulfanilamide sulfisomidine p-bromoaniline

2- (4-aminophenyl)-6-methylbenzothiazole

4-amino-4’-nitrodiphenyl sulfide

3- aminophenol

4- aminophenol

4'-aminoacetanilide

3- aminobenzyl alcohol

4- aminophenethyl alcohol

2-aminoanthraquinone

6- aminonicotinamide

2-amino-6-fluorobenzothiazole

2-amino-5-(4-nitrophenylsulfone)thiazole

2-amino-4-methoxybenzothiazole

2-amino-4-chlorobenzothiazole

2-amino-5-bromothiazole HBr

2-aminothiazole

2-aminobenzothiazole

2-amino-6-methoxybenzothiazole

2-amino-6-nitrobenzothiazole

2-amino-4-methylbenzothiazole

2-amino-4-(4-chlorophenyl)thiazole

2-amino-5,6-dimethylbenzothiazole

2-amino-6-methylbenzothiazole

2-amino-6-chlorobenzothiazole

2-amino-6-ethoxybenzothiazole

2-amino-5-nitrothiazole

2-amino-5-(ethylthio)-1,3,4-thiadiazole methyl 3-amino-2-thiophene carboxylate

N-[4-(4-aminob6nzyl)phenyl)]-5-norbomene-2,3-dicarboximide 2-amino-4-pheylthiazole HBr 2-amino-3,5-dichloropyridine 2-amino-5-bromo-pyridine

2-amino-4-picoline

5- amino-2-chloropyridine

2-amino-4,6-dimethylpyridine

2-amino-5-chloropyridine

2-amino-2-chloropyridine

2-amino-5-picoline

2-amino-6-picoline

9-aminoacridine

5-aminoisoquinoline

132

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

-aminoquinoline

2-amino-4,6-dimethylpyrimidine

1- aminoisoquinoline

5-aminoquinoline

2- amino-4,6-dichloropyrimididine

-amino-5,6-dimethyl-1,2,4-triazine

2-amino-4-chloro-6-methylpyrimidine

2-amino-4-methylpyrimidine

5- amino-3-methylisothiazole

2-amino-5-bromopyrimidine

2-amino-4,6-dimethoxypyrimidine

2-amino-4-methoxy-6-pyrimidine

4-amino-6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine

2-amino-5-chlorobenzoxazole

2- amino-5-trifluoromethyl-1,3,4-thiadizole

3- amino-5-methylisoxazole

4- amino-2,1,3-benzothiadiazole

2- amino-1,3,4-thiadiazole

3- amino-1 -phenyl-2-pyrazolin-5-one

6- amino-1,3-dimethyluracil

4- amino-1,2-naphthoquinone hemihydrate

3-amino-1 -(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)-2-pyrazolin-5-one 1 -(2-aminophenyl)pyrrole

N-(4-amino-2-methylphenyl)-4-chlorophthalimide

2-amino-3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine

2-amino-3-picoline

2-amino-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine

2-amino-4-methylthiazole

2-amino-5-ethyl-1,3,4-thiadiazole

2- aminopyrimidine

-aminocrotononitrile

3- amino-1,2,4-trizole

3- aminopyrazole

4- amino-2,3,5,6-tetrafluoropyridine

4- aminopyrimidine

5- amino-1 -ethylpyrazole

5-amino-1 -phenyl-4-pyrazolecarboxamide

5-amino-3 -methylisoxazole 5-aminouracile

Table 3: Sulfonyl chlorides and Isocyanates p-toluenesulfonyl chloride

2,4-dichlorobenzenesulfonyl chloride 2-thiophenesulfonyl chloride styrenesulfonyl chloride

133

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

2-methoxycarbonylphenyl isocyanate 4-acetylphenyl isocyanate cyclohexyl isocyanate p-tolyl isocyanate

Table 4: Carboxylic acids pyruvic acid p-toluic acid o-tolylacetic acid phenylacetic acid trans-2-pentenoic acid methylthio acetic acid

4-methoxycinnamic acid nonanoic acid

3- methoxypropionic acid

4- methoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid phenylpropiolic acid

1- naphthylacetic acid pentafiuoropropionic acid piperonylic acid

N-(2-furoyl)glycine propionic acid

2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenylacetic acid 4-pentenoic acid octanoic acid

3- methoxyphenylacetic acid

4- methylcinnamic acid methacrylic acid p-(dimethylamino)cinnamic acid phenylpyruvic acid nicotinic acid

2- methylcinnamic acid methoxyacetic acid phenoxybenzoic acid phenoxyacetic acid cyclopropanecarboxylic acid glycolic acid trans-3-hexenoic acid

4- (trifluoromethyl)mandelic acid

2-(2-methoxyethoxy)acetic acid diphenylacetic acid

2- bromo-4,5-dimethoxycinnamic acid

3,4-dihydroxyhydrocinnamic acid

3- methoxycinnamic acid

4- chlorophenoxyacetic acid

134

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

4-(4-nitrophenyl)butyric acid

3-(4-chlorobenzoyl)propionic acid 2- (4-hydroxyphenoxy)propionic acid 2-chlorocinnaniic acid

2-biphenylcarboxylic acid

2- (4-chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid benzoylpropionic acid

3- (phenylthio)acrylic acid

3.5- di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxycinnamic acid

4- bromobutyric acid

4-bromomandelic acid decanoic acid

4-hydroxycinnamic acid

2- nitrocinnamic acid

2.3.4- trifluorocinnamic acid homovanillic acid

3- methoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid 2-ethoxycinnamic acid

2.5- difluorophenylacetic acid

4- fluorocinnamic acid

2.6- difluorophenylacetic acid

3,3-diphenylpropionic acid cis-pinonic acid

2-fluorobenzoic acid cyanoacetic acid

1.2.3.4- tetrahydro-2-naphthoic acid trans-2-phenyl-1 -cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 4- (4-methoxyphenyl)butyric acid

2- formylphenoxyacetic acid

3- (4-fluorobenzoyl)propionic acid difluoroacetic acid

3- chlorobenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylicacid

4- methoxybenzylidenecyanoacetic acid 1-adamantaneacetic acid 1-adamantanecarboxylic acid

1- fluorencarboxylic acid (2-naphthoxy)acetic acid lH-benzimidazole-5-carboxylic acid

2- (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxypropionic acid)

3- hydroxycinnamic acid abietic acid isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-o-tolyloxy)-butyric acid

3-pyridylacetic acid alpha-methyl-2,4,5-trimethoxycinnamic acid 2-chlorophenylacetic acid

135

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

3- fluorophenylacetic acid (S)-(+)-mandelic acid

2.4- difluorophenylacetic acid butyric acid

4- methoxyphenylacetic acid

4- ethoxyphenylacetic acid trans-2-hexenoic acid

3.4- dihydroxycmnamic acid

2.3- dichlorophenoxyacetic acid

5- benzylthioglycolic acid

3.4- (methylenedioxy)phenylacetic acid (alpha, alpha,alpha-trifluoro-m-tolyl) acetic acid

3.4- difluorophenylacetic acid

2-furioic acid

4-acetylphenoxyacetic acid

4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)butyric acid cyclohexanepropionic acid

7-methoxy-2-bezofuran carboxylic acid

2- (triflouromethyl)cinnamic acid

2.4- dinitrophenylacetic acid

2.4- dichlorophenylacetic acid

2- nitrophenylpyruvic acid iodoacetic acid acetic acid

4- (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-butyric acid

-(3,4,5-trimethoxypheny l)propionic acid

6- chloro-2H-1 -benzopyran-3-carboxylic acid

4-acetamidocinnamic acid

3- hydroxyphenylacetic acid

2- chloro-6-fluorocinnamic acid

3- fluoro-4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid

4- fluorophenylacetic acid trans-3-fluorocinnamic acid

3- bromocinnamic acid

2-pyridylacetic acid alpha-fluorocinnamic acid

4- (2-cyclohexenyloxy)benzoic acid

1- naphthoic acid

2- bromophenylacetic acid

4-nitrocinnamic acid

2- propylpentanoic acid

3.4- dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-2h-pyran-6-carboxylic acid

3- (2-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid

2-fluorocinnamic acid tiglic acid (4-pyridylthio)acetic acid

136

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid 4-bromophenylacetic acid chloroacetic acid chromone-2-carboxylic acid 4-bromocinnamic acid alpha-phenyl-cinnamic acid benzoylformic acid dichloroacetic acid

3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxycinnamic acid trans-4-(trifluoromethyl) cinnamic acid cyclohexylacetic acid cyclopentylpropionic acid (-)-mentoxyacetic acid alpha-fluorophenylacetic acid

3- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)propionic acid

3.4- dichlorocinnamic acid

4- fluorophenoxyacetic acid thiophenoxyacetic acid

3.5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylacetic acid (4-methylphenoxy)acetic acid

6-methylchromone-2-carboxylic acid (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acetic acid

3-chlorophenylacetic acid 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorocinnamic acid

3- indolepropionic acid

2-thiopheneacetic acid

6-bromocoumarin-3-carboxylic acid

4- pyridylacetic acid alpha-methylhydrocinnamic acid alpha-phenylcinnamic acid cis-2-methoxycinnamic acid 4-phenylcinnamic acid 4-chloro-o-anisic acid 4-ethoxycinnamic acid

2- phenylpropionic acid

3,4-(methylenedioxy)cinnamic acid

-phenyl-1 -cyclopropanecarboxylic acid

3- cyanobenzoic acid

3.4.5- trimethoxyphenylacetic acid (2-amino-thiazole-4-yl)acetic acid

2,3-dimethoxybenzoic acid

4- chorophenylacetic acid bis(4-chlorophenoxy)acetic acid tetrahydro-2-fiiroic acid trans-styrylacetic acid 4-chlorocinnamic acid

137

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318 alpha-methylcinnamic acid alpha-cyanocinnamic acid

4-methylvaleric acid

4-pyrazolecarboxylic acid

2- fluorophenylacetic acid

3- (l-naphthyl)acrylic acid

3-bromophenylacetic acid alpha-cyano-3-hydroxycinnamic acid

2- (3-chlorophenoxy)propionic acid

2.5- dimethylcinnamic acid

2.6- dichlorophenylacetic acid

3- phenoxypropionic acid

2.6- dichlorocinnamic acid (2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)acetic acid

2.3.4- trimethoxycinnamic acid

2.3.4- trimethoxybenzoic acid

2-chlorobenzoic acid

3.4.5- trimethoxycinnamic acid cyclobutanecarboxylic acid cyclohexene-1-carboxylic acid

4- nitrophenylacetic acid benzoylbutyric acid

3.5- dimethoxybenzoic acid alpha-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid cyclopentanecarboxylic acid

5- (pyrid-2-yl)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid bromoacetic acid trans-4-hydroxy-3 -methoxycinnamic acid

4-chloro-2-fluorocinnamic acid

2- octynoic acid

3- (p-tolyl)propionic acid

4- chlorobenzoic acid

2-methoxyphenylacetic acid

4-biphenylcarboxylic acid

2-chloro-4-fluorocinnamic acid

2-norbomameacetic acid

2-naphthylacetic acid

2-methy 1-1 -cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (l-naphthoxy)acetic acid

2.5- dimethoxybenzoic acid cyclopentylacetic acid ethoxyacetic acid cyclohexanebutyric acid

2-methylcyclopropane-carboxylic acid 4-methylcyclohexaneacetic acid 4-hydroxymandelic acid monhydrate

138

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/O1318

4-bromo-2-fluorocinnamic acid lauric acid

2- bromovaleric acid

2,6-dimethoxybenzoic acid trans-2,3-dimethoxycinnamic acid

3- (4-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid

3-(4-methoxybenzoyl)-propionic acid (alpha, alpha,alpha-tri-fluoro-p-tolyl)acetic acid hydrocinnamic acid

3.4- difluorocinnamic acid

3, 5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid (3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)acetic acid 9-anthracenecarboxylic acid

3- (trifluoromethyl)cinnamic acid m-tolylacetic acid

4- formylcinnamie acid

3- furic acid crotonic acid alpha-acetamidocinnamic acid alpha-phenylcyclopentaneacetic acid diphenylacetic acid

4.5- dimethoxy-2-nitrocinnamic acid

4- (methylthio)phenylacetic acid

3.5- dimethoxycmnamic acid

3-nitrocinnamic acid

-chlorobenzo [b]thiophene-3 -acetic acid

3-methyl-2-phenylvaleric acid

3- (trifluorometoxy)cinnamic acid

4- biphenylacetic acid

3-bromo-4-fluorocinnamic acid

3-(2-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid

2.4- difluorocinnamic acid

5- methoxy-l-indanone-3-acetic acid alpha-methoxyphenylacetic acid

2- thiophenecarboxylic acid

3- (4-methoxyphenyl)propionic acid

4- acetoxy-3-methoxycinnamic acid

2- methoxycinnamic acid

3- benzoylbenzoic acid levulinic acid

3.4- dichlorophenylacetic acid

3- methylindene-2-carboxylic acid

4- phenoxybutyric acid

2-hydroxycinnamic acid

2-ethoxy-l-naphthoic acid

2-chloro-5-nitrocinnamic acid

139

Printed from Mimosa

WO 99/37630

PCT/US99/01318

3,3-dimethylacrytic acid

4-pentynoic acid

4- acetoxycinnamic acid 2-(p-toluoyl)-benzoic acid

3,5-difluorocinnamic acid

2-ethoxybenzoic acid trans-2-methyl-2-pentenoic acid cycloheptanecarboxylic acid tetrahydro-3-furoic acid

3,5-difluorophenylacetic acid trans-2,6-difluorocinnamic acid thioctic acid

5- bromo-2-fluorocinnamic acid

11-phenoxyundecanoic acid 2,4 -dichlorophenoxyacetic acid

2- (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-propionic acid

2,2-dimethylbutyric acid o-tolulic acid

2-bromo(4,5-(methylenedioxy)ciimamic acid alpha-bromophenylacetic acid trans-N-(2-furfurylideneacetyl)-glycine 3-chlorobenzoic acid

D-3-phenyllactic acid 2-phenoxybutyric acid 2- (4-chlorophenoxy)propionic acid 2-acetoxycinnamic acid (R)-(-)-mandelic acid (+-)-6-methoxy-alpha-methyl-2-naphthaleneaceticacid (+-)-2-(2-chlorophenoxyy)propionic acid (+/-) 2-phenyoxypropionic acid

-methyl-1 -cyclohexanecarboxylic acid

2,5-dimethoxycinnamic acid

2-(2-aminothiazole-4-yl-2-methoxyiminoaceticacid 2-acetamidoacrylic acid

Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity and understanding, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that certain changes and modifications may be practical. Therefore, the description and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention.

140

Printed from Mimosa